{"title":"Aquariums, Tanks \u0026 Stands","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"fluval-premium-betta-kit","title":"Fluval Premium Betta Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything a betta needs, sized for a desk or a benchtop.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Premium Betta Kit is an all-in-one aquarium built around what long-finned, slow-water fish actually need: a low-flow filter that won't batter their fins, integrated lighting that shows off their colour, and a fully sealed, pre-set heater so there's no separate thermostat to buy. It comes in two sizes — 10 L and 20 L — both fully self-contained aquariums with cover, filtration, lighting and heating included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-flow, multi-stage filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a foam block, carbon insert and BIOMAX biological media, run through a diffusion chamber that softens outflow for betta-safe flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated, pre-set heater\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 W on the 10 L kit, 25 W on the 20 L kit, both fixed to roughly 26°C. Nothing to dial in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-glow LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — built into the hood, tuned to bring out betta colour without the glare of a full planted-tank fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-glass tank and cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — a genuine aquarium, not an acrylic bowl, with a fitted lid to stop jumpers escaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes, one system\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 L for a single betta on a desk, 20 L where you want room for a heavier planted layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-glass aquarium and cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-glow integrated LED light with power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-flow circulation pump with hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoam filter block, carbon insert and BIOMAX biological insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiffusion chamber pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully integrated, pre-set heater (10 W on the 10 L, 25 W on the 20 L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubstrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorations, hardscape or live plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet or stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater conditioner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLivestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e10 L (SKU FBK01)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e20 L (SKU FBK02)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.3 x 22.2 x 37.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 28 x 43 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 60–125 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 100–350 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 W, ~230 lm, 7000–8000K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W, soft-glow daylight tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated heater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W, pre-set ~26°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 W, pre-set ~26°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e015561104982\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e015561104968\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10 L suits a single betta in a compact desk setup with minimal room for planting. The 20 L gives enough footprint for a proper planted layout, more swimming room, and — because it holds more water — a more stable temperature between water changes. Both run on the same low-flow filtration approach; the 20 L simply scales it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a single betta, or a very lightly stocked nano freshwater community that tolerates low flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for species that need strong current, cooler water, or a heavily stocked bioload — the filtration is deliberately gentle and sized to the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable as a fry-rearing or breeding setup without extra sponge filtration over the intake — the standard intake can draw in very small fry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the carbon and biological media on the manufacturer's schedule (roughly every 2–4 weeks for the chemical media) to keep water quality stable — see the matching replacement cartridge for the 20 L kit. Top up water lost to evaporation between water changes; in a tank this size, evaporation shifts the effective heater output more than it would in a larger volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heater is fixed to roughly 26°C with no external dial — check this suits your livestock before buying rather than after. Keep the light's power supply clear of splash areas per the enclosed instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. As a glass aquarium, this ships with extra packaging care — allow a little longer for delivery than a small accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Betta Kit come with a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — both sizes have a heater built into the filtration unit, pre-set to roughly 26°C. You don't need to buy one separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the flow gentle enough for a betta's fins?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's the point of the diffusion chamber — it's designed specifically for long-finned, slow-water fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat substrate and decorations do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSubstrate and decor aren't included, so plan for these separately — check your chosen pieces fit inside the tank's internal footprint before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I fit a different filter later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed as a matched system around its own filtration; there's no dedicated slot for a different canister or hang-on filter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"10ltr","offer_id":54774146498851,"sku":"FBK01","price":238.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"20ltr","offer_id":55334982943011,"sku":"FBK02","price":340.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-premium-betta-kit-10ltr.jpg?v=1783989317"},{"product_id":"fluval-flex-cabinet-stand-123ltr","title":"Fluval Flex Cabinet Stand 123ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe purpose-built cabinet for the Fluval Flex Marine 123 L, engineered to follow the tank's own curved lines.\u003c\/strong\u003e It puts the aquarium at comfortable viewing height and hides food, conditioner, spare equipment and cabling behind soft-close doors. Available in Black or White, both with the same footprint and features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built for the Flex 123 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — the curved cabinet front follows the tank's own contours; it isn't a generic rectangular stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-close swing doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — open to an interior shelf for storing food, conditioners and spare equipment out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear cable and hose management\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rear panel opening keeps pump and heater cords tidy rather than trailing down the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo matching finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black with an ash grain-look door finish, or White with a bardolino oak-look door finish, both gloss-edged. These are printed finishes, not solid ash or oak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLX34 (Black) \/ FLX35 (White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82.9 × 42 × 75.5 cm (32.5 × 16.5 × 29.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval Flex Marine 123 L aquarium only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack: ash grain-look · White: bardolino oak-look, both gloss edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing-open soft-close doors, interior shelf, rear cable\/hose panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cabinet is built specifically for the Fluval Flex Marine 123 L (the same aquarium sold on our site as \"Fluval Flex Aquarium Marine 123ltr Black\") and follows that tank's curved footprint exactly. Fluval sells separate, differently sized stands for the smaller 34 L and 57 L Flex 2.0 tanks — this cabinet is not interchangeable with those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval describes assembly as straightforward, though a published tool list, assembly time or a two-person recommendation isn't available from Fluval — we'd suggest having a second person on hand given the cabinet's size. Wipe finished surfaces with a soft, damp cloth; avoid abrasive cleaners on the gloss-edged doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA filled Flex 123 L holds roughly 123 kg of water alone, before the glass, substrate, rock and equipment are added — that's a substantial, concentrated load. Set the cabinet on a level, structurally sound floor, check it sits flat with no rock before filling the tank, and keep it away from direct sun and heat sources that could warp the doors. Fluval doesn't publish a specific rated load capacity for this cabinet; if you have any doubt about your floor's ability to carry a filled 123 L system, get advice before filling it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for the Fluval Flex Marine 123 L only. Not suitable, and not sized for, any other Fluval Flex tank or any other aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluval-flex-aquarium-marine-123ltr-black\"\u003eFluval Flex Aquarium Marine 123ltr Black\u003c\/a\u003e — the tank this cabinet is built for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluval-sea-mini-power-protein-skimmer-20-80ltrs\"\u003eFluval SEA Mini Power Protein Skimmer, 20–80 L\u003c\/a\u003e — stores neatly on the cabinet's interior shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluval-t-electronic-heater\"\u003eFluval T Electronic Heater\u003c\/a\u003e — its cord routes through the cabinet's rear cable panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard consumer guarantees; we're confirming the specific warranty term for this cabinet and will update this page once verified. These rights are in addition to any remedies available to you under Australian Consumer Law. As a large flat-pack item, this ships oversize — contact us for a freight quote if you're outside our local delivery area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my Flex 34 L or 57 L?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Fluval makes separate stands sized for those smaller tanks; this cabinet's curved front is built specifically for the 123 L Marine Flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the door finish real timber?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — both the ash grain-look (Black) and bardolino oak-look (White) doors are a printed finish over the cabinet material, not solid wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much weight can it hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval doesn't publish a specific rated capacity. It's engineered for the filled Flex 123 L, which holds roughly 123 kg of water alone before glass, substrate and rock are added — always set it on a level, solid floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it's flat-pack. Fluval describes assembly as straightforward but doesn't publish a tool list or time estimate — we'd recommend having a second person help given its size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774148006179,"sku":"FLX34","price":500.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55334989168931,"sku":"FLX35","price":500.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-flex-cabinet-stand-black.png?v=1783989601"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-cube-g2-excl-cabinet","title":"Red Sea MAX Nano Cube G2 excl cabinet","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA reef system built into the aquarium, in a 45 cm cube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano Cube G2 is an all-glass reef aquarium with its lighting, circulation, skimming and auto top-off already fitted into a built-in rear sump chamber. It's the compact, plug-and-play way into reef keeping Red Sea's MAX range is built around — ready to plumb in, not a shopping list of separate equipment to assemble. This listing is the aquarium and its equipment; the matching cabinet and a heater are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in rear sump chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — filtration, skimmer, pump and auto top-off run out of sight behind the display, so the display panel itself stays clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless 8 mm ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — high-clarity front and side panels with no frame breaking up the view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 50 lighting included\u003c\/strong\u003e — a WiFi-controlled, full-spectrum LED fixture on its own mounting arm, run from the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSicce 950 L\/h return pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — drives circulation through the display without a separate powerhead to plumb in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkimmer and auto top-off already plumbed in\u003c\/strong\u003e — both sit in the rear chamber, wired and ready, rather than bought and fitted separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear sump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 45 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm ultra-clear, rimless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce, 950 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50, WiFi \/ ReefBeat app control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX NANO Reef-Spec, 180 L\/h water flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto top-off reservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFiltration media supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225-micron filter bag, sponge, 200 g reef-spec carbon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the aquarium and its built-in rear sump chamber, the Sicce 950 L\/h return pump, the MAX NANO Reef-Spec protein skimmer, the ReefLED 50 light on its mounting arm, the automatic top-off system with 1.5 L reservoir, and the starting filter media (filter bag, sponge and carbon).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet, a heater, the NanoMat auto-advance fleece roller filter, and the ReefATO+ upgrade kit with temperature monitoring. Salt, rock, sand and livestock are never included on any aquarium listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MAX Nano do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Cube G2 — the smallest and most square of the three MAX Nano G2 models. If you want a wider display in a similar footprint, the Peninsula G2 holds 25 L more water and is viewable from three sides. If you want meaningfully more water and stronger flow, the XL G2 steps up to 125 L and a 1,550 L\/h pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFootprint (tank only)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto top-off reservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano Cube G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 45 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce, 950 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano Reef-Spec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano Peninsula G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 58.5 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce, 950 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately, or as a cabinet bundle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano XL G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 60 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce, 1,550 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately, or as a cabinet bundle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea rates the included ReefLED 50 at roughly 500 µmol beneath the lens at the water surface, falling to around 100 µmol at 50 cm depth — comfortable intensity for the shallow water column of a 45 cm cube, including SPS coral placed high in the aquascape. The Sicce return pump is rated at 950 L\/h before head loss through the rear chamber's own plumbing; expect a noticeably lower figure at the outlet, as with any pump measured before its own circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a first reef system, a desk or office nano, or an experienced reefer after a low-footprint SPS or softie display without building a sump from scratch. Not suitable if the plan is a deep sand bed and a real fish load — 62 L of display water keeps stocking to a genuinely nano bioload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Mains-powered components are configured for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian supply. Ships as a boxed aquarium and equipment set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the MAX Nano Cube G2 come with a cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this listing is the aquarium and its equipment only. Red Sea's matching cabinet for the Cube G2 is sold separately and isn't interchangeable with the Peninsula or XL cabinets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A heater isn't included on any MAX Nano G2 model — choose one rated for a system under 100 L, sized to how cold your room gets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's already plumbed in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe return pump, protein skimmer and auto top-off all sit in the rear sump chamber and arrive already plumbed and wired. Setup is filling with saltwater and running a cable to a powerpoint, not assembling filtration from parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add a bigger light later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, though the included ReefLED 50 already covers SPS-level PAR at nano cube depths — most owners who upgrade do it for coverage or aesthetics rather than intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for a beginner?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The built-in filtration and skimmer remove the biggest early hurdles in reef keeping. You'll still need to cycle the tank, mix and test saltwater, and stay on top of top-offs and water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151512355,"sku":"MAX150","price":1400.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Max_Nano_G2_Cube_2.jpg?v=1782112739"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-cube-cabinet","title":"Red Sea MAX Nano Cube Cabinet","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dedicated stand built to the MAX Nano Cube G2's own footprint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano Cube Cabinet is the marine-spec cabinet Red Sea designed specifically for the MAX Nano Cube G2 aquarium (sold separately) — an enclosed compartment for salt, dosing containers and equipment beneath a matching, weatherproof finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to the Cube G2 footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the MAX Nano Cube G2 aquarium so the tank sits flush on top and plumbing and cable runs line up with the compartment below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec laminate construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — a moisture-resistant cabinet body finished with weatherproof, epoxy-painted doors, built for a wet cabinet top and the odd salt-mix spill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-close stainless steel hinges\u003c\/strong\u003e — no slamming doors next to a running reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed storage compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e — hides salt buckets, dosing containers and test kits behind closed doors instead of on open shelving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colourways\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black or White, matching the finishes Red Sea offers across the MAX Nano G2 range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompartment width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompartment depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompartment height, floor to top header\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec laminate body, weatherproof epoxy-painted doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft-close, stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesigned for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Cube G2 (45 × 45 × 45 cm tank, sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompartment dimensions are taken from Red Sea's own cabinet drawings and describe the usable internal space behind the doors, not the cabinet's external footprint, which is not published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet only, in the colour selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano Cube G2 aquarium, lighting, pump, skimmer, auto top-off, heater, and any livestock, rock, sand or saltwater — all sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my Red Sea system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cabinet is cut for the MAX Nano Cube G2's 45 × 45 cm footprint only. It is not sized for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 (45 × 58.5 cm) or the MAX Nano XL G2 (50 × 60 cm) — each of those has its own cabinet, and the three are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone running, or about to set up, a MAX Nano Cube G2 who wants the matching stand rather than open shelving or their own furniture. Not suitable as a stand for a different tank — it isn't cut for any other footprint, and Red Sea doesn't publish a load rating for use outside the Cube G2 it was designed around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, in addition to the consumer guarantees you're entitled to under Australian Consumer Law. As a flat-packed furniture item it ships via standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this cabinet come with the aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the cabinet only. The MAX Nano Cube G2 aquarium, and its lighting, pump, skimmer and auto top-off, are sold as a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 or XL G2 fit on this cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each MAX Nano G2 model has its own cabinet, cut to that model's footprint — 45 × 45 cm for the Cube, 45 × 58.5 cm for the Peninsula, 50 × 60 cm for the XL. This listing is the Cube cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the cabinet need to be levelled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. As with any aquarium stand, check the floor and cabinet top are level before the tank goes on — an uneven base stresses the glass unevenly once the tank is filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the cabinet waterproof?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe doors and exterior are finished in a weatherproof epoxy paint that copes with incidental splashes and the humidity of a running reef tank. It isn't designed to sit in standing water, so a stray overflow should still be mopped up promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774151577891,"sku":"MAX151","price":595.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335333953827,"sku":"MAX152","price":595.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-Max-Nano-Cube-Cabinet---Black.jpg?v=1782108779"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-170-complete-system-black","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+170 Complete System Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 165-litre rimless reef platform that ships as tank, sump and cabinet only — you choose the rest.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER 170 G2+ is the entry size in Red Sea's current-generation rimless system: a precision-drilled, ultra-clear glass aquarium plumbed into a purpose-built glass sump, sitting on a matching black cabinet. It suits reefers who already know which pump, skimmer and light they want to run, or who'd rather choose that gear themselves than pay for someone else's pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, drilled display\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 128-litre display volume with a silent internal overflow, so there's no visible overflow box breaking the sightlines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built 37-litre glass sump\u003c\/strong\u003e — includes a bubble trap chamber and 225-micron filter bags and media cups, sized to sit inside the cabinet footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassive automatic top-up\u003c\/strong\u003e — a float valve tops the sump up from a built-in reservoir as water evaporates. It is not the electronic ReefATO+ controller — see Not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal plumbing kit included\u003c\/strong\u003e — piping and an outlet nozzle are supplied, sized for the standard drilled overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching black cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships flat-packed and needs self-assembly; houses the sump and hides the plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e165 litres total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — display plus sump, the figure that matters for salt mix and dosing calculations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless glass aquarium, factory-drilled for the overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack cabinet (flat-packed, self-assembly required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass sump with bubble trap chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225-micron filter bags and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloat valve for passive automatic top-up, plus a top-up reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal piping kit and outlet nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ electronic top-up controller — the system ships with a basic float valve only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalt mix, substrate and livestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eREEFER 170 G2+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSump volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 50 × 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal height with cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass thickness (front \/ side \/ bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 \/ 12 \/ 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich REEFER size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three current REEFER G2+ sizes share the same rimless build and the same inclusion list — only the footprint, volume and glass thickness change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 170 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 50 × 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 200 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e158 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 57.5 × 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 300 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 × 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack hides algae film and salt creep on the cabinet better than white — that's a styling trade-off, not a performance difference between the two finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef and marine keepers who want a rimless drilled tank, sump and cabinet as a base, and are sourcing their own return pump, skimmer and lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone upgrading from a rimmed tank who wants rimless sightlines without paying for equipment they already own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e buyers who want a single box that includes a skimmer, return pump and lighting at purchase — that's the Reefer MAX range, not this one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone who needs the tank ready to fill and run on day one — budget for a return pump, skimmer and light before you commission it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea backs the REEFER G2+ range with a 3-year manufacturer's warranty, extendable to 5 years at no extra cost when you register the tank with Red Sea within the promotion's eligibility window — in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. This is a large glass item delivered on a pallet; the cabinet arrives flat-packed and needs assembly, and you should plan for a level, load-rated floor before the tank goes in. A filled 170 holds up to 165 kg of water alone, before the glass, cabinet, sump and substrate are counted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-4000-dc-pump-w-o-reefbeat-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 4000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e — a DC return pump from Red Sea's own range; check the flow you need against your plumbing run before choosing a size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e — from Red Sea's Reefer skimmer range, sized to your bioload rather than tank volume alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90\u003c\/a\u003e — a mounting-ready LED fixture from the same generation of hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-ato-upgrade-kit-no-corner-bracket\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer ATO Upgrade Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — upgrades the standard float valve to the electronic ReefATO+ system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Salt 20kg Refill Box\u003c\/a\u003e — mixes enough saltwater for a water change plus top-ups on this size system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the REEFER 170 G2+ include a protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It ships with the tank, sump and cabinet only. A protein skimmer, return pump and lighting are all sold separately, so you can choose them to suit your stocking plan and budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the included float valve and ReefATO+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe float valve that ships with the system is a passive mechanical device — it opens and closes to keep the sump topped up from the built-in reservoir. Red Sea's ReefATO+ is a separate electronic controller with a temperature sensor and leak detection; it is not included as standard, but can be added with the Reefer ATO Upgrade Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the cabinet pre-assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The cabinet is flat-packed and needs to be assembled before the tank goes on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this on fresh water instead of a reef?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drilled overflow and sump are built with marine use in mind, but nothing stops a freshwater setup — you'd simply be running the sump and plumbing without salt-specific gear like a skimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill my existing return pump and skimmer fit the sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost standard aquarium pumps and skimmers will fit the sump's chambers, but check your pump's flow rating against the 37-litre sump and your skimmer's footprint against the sump chamber dimensions before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155116835,"sku":"RED502","price":3172.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_G2_170_60x50x51cm_-_Black.jpg?v=1782108802"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-170-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+170 Complete System White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same 165-litre REEFER platform in white, for reef rooms built around a brighter cabinet run.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER 170 G2+ White pairs a precision-drilled, rimless glass aquarium with a purpose-built glass sump and a white-finish cabinet. It ships as tank, sump and cabinet only, which suits reefers who want to select their own return pump, skimmer and lighting rather than buy them bundled at a fixed spec.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, drilled display\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 128-litre display volume with a silent internal overflow, keeping the front glass clear of visible hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built 37-litre glass sump\u003c\/strong\u003e — includes a bubble trap chamber and 225-micron filter bags and media cups, sized to sit inside the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassive automatic top-up\u003c\/strong\u003e — a float valve tops the sump up from a built-in reservoir; it is not the electronic ReefATO+ controller — see Not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal plumbing kit included\u003c\/strong\u003e — piping and an outlet nozzle are supplied, sized for the standard drilled overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships flat-packed and needs self-assembly; matches a lighter fishroom or living space better than the black option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e165 litres total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — display plus sump, the figure that matters for salt mix and dosing calculations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless glass aquarium, factory-drilled for the overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite cabinet (flat-packed, self-assembly required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass sump with bubble trap chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225-micron filter bags and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloat valve for passive automatic top-up, plus a top-up reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal piping kit and outlet nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ electronic top-up controller — the system ships with a basic float valve only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalt mix, substrate and livestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eREEFER 170 G2+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSump volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 50 × 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal height with cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass thickness (front \/ side \/ bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 \/ 12 \/ 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich REEFER size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three current REEFER G2+ sizes share the same rimless build and the same inclusion list — only the footprint, volume and glass thickness change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 170 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 50 × 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 200 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e158 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 57.5 × 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 300 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 × 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite reflects more light back into the room and shows up algae film or salt creep sooner, which some keepers actually prefer — it forces the wipe-down before it becomes visible on the glass itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef and marine keepers who want a rimless drilled tank, sump and cabinet as a base, and are sourcing their own return pump, skimmer and lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e brighter rooms or a Scandinavian-style fit-out, where a white cabinet reads as furniture rather than an aquarium stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e buyers who want a single box that includes a skimmer, return pump and lighting at purchase — that's the Reefer MAX range, not this one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e households where cabinet marks and scuffs from moving equipment would bother you visually — they show more readily on white than black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea backs the REEFER G2+ range with a 3-year manufacturer's warranty, extendable to 5 years at no extra cost when you register the tank with Red Sea within the promotion's eligibility window — in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. This is a large glass item delivered on a pallet; the cabinet arrives flat-packed and needs assembly, and you should plan for a level, load-rated floor before the tank goes in. A filled 170 holds up to 165 kg of water alone, before the glass, cabinet, sump and substrate are counted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-4000-dc-pump-w-o-reefbeat-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 4000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e — a DC return pump from Red Sea's own range; check the flow you need against your plumbing run before choosing a size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e — from Red Sea's Reefer skimmer range, sized to your bioload rather than tank volume alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-50\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50\u003c\/a\u003e — a compact mounting-ready LED fixture that suits this footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-ato-upgrade-kit-no-corner-bracket\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer ATO Upgrade Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — upgrades the standard float valve to the electronic ReefATO+ system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Salt 20kg Refill Box\u003c\/a\u003e — mixes enough saltwater for a water change plus top-ups on this size system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the white cabinet mark or yellow over time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe don't have manufacturer data on long-term colour stability to publish a claim either way — as with any light-coloured cabinet, keep it out of direct sun and wipe up salt splash promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the REEFER 170 G2+ White include a protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It ships with the tank, sump and cabinet only. A protein skimmer, return pump and lighting are all sold separately, so you can choose them to suit your stocking plan and budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the included float valve and ReefATO+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe float valve that ships with the system is a passive mechanical device — it opens and closes to keep the sump topped up from the built-in reservoir. Red Sea's ReefATO+ is a separate electronic controller with a temperature sensor and leak detection; it is not included as standard, but can be added with the Reefer ATO Upgrade Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the cabinet pre-assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The cabinet is flat-packed and needs to be assembled before the tank goes on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill my existing return pump and skimmer fit the sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost standard aquarium pumps and skimmers will fit the sump's chambers, but check your pump's flow rating against the 37-litre sump and your skimmer's footprint against the sump chamber dimensions before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155182371,"sku":"RED503","price":3172.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_G2_170_60x50x51cm_-_White.jpg?v=1782108807"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-250-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+ 250 Complete System White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 245-litre reef foundation built for a 90 cm aquascape.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER™ 250 G2+ pairs a rimless, low-iron glass display with a matching white cabinet, in-cabinet sump and Red Sea's ReefATO+ automatic top-off — a 90 cm run that gives an aquascaper genuine room to build, on the same sump architecture as the rest of the G2+ range. It arrives without a return pump, protein skimmer or lighting; see What's included below before you plan the rest of the build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless, low-iron glass display aquarium with bevelled edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-assembly cabinet with doors, in white, adjustable levelling feet and stainless steel hinges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-cabinet glass sump with a mechanical filtration compartment, bubble trap and micron filter socks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable-height internal overflow with a silent standpipe and surface skimmer box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ automatic top-off: reservoir, float sensor and low-voltage dosing pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal plumbing with outlet nozzle and bulkhead fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting fixture or mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat\/NanoMat automatic filter roller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive rock, substrate and livestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery item on that second list is sold separately — see Goes well with, below. If you want a Reefer with the skimmer, pump and lighting already fitted, the Reefer MAX range bundles them in; this G2+ is the tank-and-sump foundation only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, low-iron glass, 12 mm throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — front, sides and base, for a clean sightline and the strength a 90 cm span needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e245 L total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — 203 L in the display and 42 L in the sump, a genuine step up in working water volume from the 200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 cm display length\u003c\/strong\u003e — room to aquascape in zones rather than a single feature piece, without moving to the heavier 300.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off included\u003c\/strong\u003e — on many competing systems this is an extra purchase; here it ships fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent internal overflow\u003c\/strong\u003e — a Red Sea-designed standpipe engineered to run quiet rather than gurgle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloss white cabinet finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — reflects light in a brighter room and shows less dust between wipe-downs than a matt finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eREEFER 250 G2+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 50 x 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e203 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSump volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm, all panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilled weight (approx.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 kg \/ 695 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED505\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100777794\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich REEFER G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll four sizes share the same build, the same ReefATO+ top-off and the same sump architecture — the difference is footprint and working water volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilled weight (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER Nano 170 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 50 x 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg \/ 400 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 200 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e158 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 57.5 x 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 kg \/ 607 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 250 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e203 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 50 x 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 kg \/ 695 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 300 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 57.5 x 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 kg \/ 840 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 250 is the entry point into the 90 cm-length half of the range — choose it over the 200 once you have the wall run to spare and want display volume for aquascaping rather than just a taller tank. Choose the 300 instead if you also have the extra 7.5 cm of depth and want the largest sump in the G2+ line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e saltwater and reef keeping, aquascape-led builds needing a 90 cm run, aquarists who want Red Sea's sump and ATO engineering without the full MAX package, bright rooms where a white cabinet suits the existing decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e running the day it arrives — you'll need at minimum a return pump, heater and lighting before it can be filled and cycled. Freshwater use is fine mechanically, but the sump and ATO are designed around saltwater evaporation rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's installation guidance asks for at least 10 cm of clearance behind the cabinet for plumbing and cabling, and around 60 cm of clear access down one side for maintenance. The cabinet top sits at approximately 86 cm from the floor. Filled and running, the 250 weighs approximately 315 kg (695 lb) — over 200 L total volume, so check the floor structure with a builder before siting it, particularly on an upper storey, over a long unsupported span, or on anything other than a solid ground-floor slab.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA return pump sized to the plumbing\u003c\/strong\u003e — the sump and overflow are engineered for a mid-size DC return; check hose and bulkhead size before buying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA protein skimmer rated up to 250 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — the sump's skimmer chamber is pre-plumbed to accept one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA pair of Red Sea ReefLED fixtures or a single wide-spread unit\u003c\/strong\u003e — to properly cover a 90 cm run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt or Reef Foundation\u003c\/strong\u003e — for your first fill and ongoing top-ups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA heater sized to 245 L of total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — against your room's typical ambient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's manufacturer warranty on the Reefer G2+ tank and cabinet applies in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law, which are not affected by any manufacturer warranty term or exclusion. Register your system with Red Sea after purchase and keep your invoice as proof of purchase. As a large glass-and-cabinet system, the 250 ships on a pallet by oversize freight rather than standard parcel courier — check the freight estimate at checkout, and contact us before ordering if you need help arranging trade or elevator access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the REEFER 250 G2+ come with a return pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tank, cabinet, sump and ReefATO+ top-off are included; a return pump, protein skimmer and lighting are sold separately and sized to your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is this white 250 listed at a different price to the black 250?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003ePricing can vary between colour listings and stock batches; it isn't a sign of a different specification — both the black and white 250 G2+ share the same tank, cabinet, sump and ReefATO+ inclusions described on this page. Contact us if you'd like that checked before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the white cabinet mark or yellow over time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's a laminated, marine-spec finish rather than a raw painted surface, so normal handling and a damp-cloth wipe-down won't mark it. Avoid abrasive cleaners and prolonged direct sun on the panel to keep the white looking fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run the 250 as a freshwater planted tank instead of a reef?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the tank, cabinet and sump work equally well in freshwater. The ReefATO+ top-off and sump plumbing are designed around saltwater evaporation and filtration but function fine in freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the 250 take the same accessories as the 170, 200 and 300?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost Red Sea Reefer G2+ accessories — media baskets, the ReefMat roller, ReefWave pumps and RSK dosing gear — are shared across the range, but always check the fitment note on the accessory's own product page before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155215139,"sku":"RED505","price":4060.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_G2_250_90x50x53cm_-_White.jpg?v=1782108810"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-350-complete-system-black","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+350 Complete System Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tank, sump and cabinet — you choose the rest.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reefer G2+350 Complete System is a 342 L reef platform in black: a drilled glass aquarium, REEF-SPEC sump and marine cabinet built to Red Sea's own plumbing standard, ready for whichever return pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO you decide to run. Nothing about the equipment is fixed for you — this listing gets the structure right and leaves the gear list to your budget and your reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong, shallow display for a wide viewing panel\u003c\/strong\u003e — 120 cm across at 50 cm deep, giving an aquascape more room to spread than the shorter 300.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilled central overflow with removable weir comb\u003c\/strong\u003e — quiet downflow into the sump, no external overflow box on the back panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with dedicated chambers\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical filtration compartment, adjustable-height skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, bevelled ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 mm front and side panels with no frame breaking the view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet in matte black\u003c\/strong\u003e — moisture-resistant, on adjustable levelling feet, with quick-release door hinges for sump access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric and USA bulkhead fittings included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own pumps or aftermarket equipment plumb straight in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the drilled display aquarium, the built-in overflow with weir comb, the REEF-SPEC sump (mechanical filtration compartment, skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space), the black cabinet, plumbing with metric and USA bulkhead connectors, and starter micron filter socks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and auto top-off (ATO) system, and a heater. Red Sea sells all of these separately so the equipment list matches your reef rather than a fixed factory set — see Goes well with, below. For the pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO already fitted from the factory, look for a Reefer MAX instead; this listing is the standard Reefer G2+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e273 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e342 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm ultra-clear, rimless, bevelled edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec plywood, black, adjustable feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump \/ skimmer \/ lighting \/ ATO\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — see What's included, below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Reefer G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three sizes share the same REEF-SPEC sump layout and the same bring-your-own-equipment approach — the difference is footprint and water volume. The 350 is the mid-size option and the widest relative to its depth, which suits a display meant to be viewed mostly from the front. The 300 is the compact option for tighter floor space. The 425 steps up in every dimension, with the deepest sump for reactor and dosing gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e273 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e342 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+425\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e343 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e433 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm front\/bottom, 15 mm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display footprint is 120 × 50 cm, with a total system height of 140 cm including the cabinet — check the full 120 cm run against your wall before ordering, since it's a longer footprint than the 300 despite a similar total volume. At 342 L total system volume, the water alone weighs around 342 kg; glass, sump, cabinet, substrate and rock add further weight on top. Red Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight for this model, so on an upper floor or a suspended floor, get the point load checked by a builder or structural engineer rather than assuming it will be fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a reefer who wants a wide, front-facing display and is happy to choose their own return pump, skimmer and lighting rather than take a fixed set. The black cabinet suits a room where the tank is meant to recede into the furniture rather than stand out. Not suitable if you want to plug in and go — budget for a return pump, skimmer, light and ATO alongside this listing, not after it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA DC return pump sized to the sump's plumbing — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-6000-dc-pump-w-o-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 6000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e suits typical flow at this volume. A protein skimmer sized to the sump — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e is a common starting point at this bioload; step up if you plan to stock heavily. Lighting such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90\u003c\/a\u003e, mounted to span the 120 cm run. And the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eRed Sea ReefATO System\u003c\/a\u003e to automate top-offs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects — 3 years as standard, extendable to 5 years at no extra cost by registering the system with Red Sea after purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, heavy item: expect palletised freight with a delivery dock or ground-floor drop-off, and confirm access for a two-person lift before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Reefer G2+350 come with a return pump, skimmer or light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the aquarium, overflow, sump, cabinet and plumbing only. Return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and ATO are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the black cabinet the same construction as the white one?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — same marine-spec plywood, same adjustable feet and quick-release hinges. Only the finish differs, so choose black or white on looks and room fit rather than build quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much wall length do I need for the 350?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow at least the full 120 cm display length plus clearance either side for airflow and for opening the cabinet doors and sump lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size return pump and skimmer should I buy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize both to the sump's flow rating and your intended stocking level, not just the tank's total volume — see Goes well with, above, for a starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I fit a bigger skimmer than the recommended one later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenerally yes, within the skimmer chamber's footprint and height clearance — check the chamber dimensions against the skimmer's body diameter and cup height before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155247907,"sku":"RED506","price":5013.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_G2_350_120x50x53cm_-_Blac.jpg?v=1782108812"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-350-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+350 Complete System White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA wide reef canvas in a cabinet built to disappear.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reefer G2+350 Complete System is a 342 L reef platform in white: a drilled glass aquarium, REEF-SPEC sump and marine cabinet built to Red Sea's own plumbing standard. It arrives as the structure only — the return pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO that turn it into a running reef are chosen and bought separately, so the equipment list matches what you actually intend to keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet in white\u003c\/strong\u003e — moisture-resistant construction with adjustable levelling feet and quick-release door hinges for sump access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong, shallow display for a wide viewing panel\u003c\/strong\u003e — 120 cm across at 50 cm deep, more aquascaping width than the 300's squarer footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilled central overflow with removable weir comb\u003c\/strong\u003e — quiet downflow into the sump, no external overflow box on the back panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with dedicated chambers\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical filtration compartment, adjustable-height skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, bevelled ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 mm front and side panels with no frame breaking the view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric and USA bulkhead fittings included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own pumps or aftermarket equipment plumb straight in without adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the drilled display aquarium, the built-in overflow with weir comb, the REEF-SPEC sump (mechanical filtration compartment, skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space), the white cabinet, plumbing with metric and USA bulkhead connectors, and starter micron filter socks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and auto top-off (ATO) system, and a heater. Red Sea sells all of these separately, so you're not paying for equipment tiers you don't need — see Goes well with, below. For a factory-fitted pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO, look for a Reefer MAX instead; this listing is the standard Reefer G2+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e273 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e342 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm ultra-clear, rimless, bevelled edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec plywood, white, adjustable feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump \/ skimmer \/ lighting \/ ATO\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — see What's included, below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Reefer G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three sizes share the same REEF-SPEC sump layout and the same bring-your-own-equipment approach — the difference is footprint and water volume. The 350 is the mid-size option and the widest relative to its depth, suited to a display viewed mostly front-on. The 300 is the compact option for tighter floor space. The 425 steps up in every dimension, with the deepest sump for reactor and dosing gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e273 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e342 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+425\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e343 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e433 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm front\/bottom, 15 mm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display footprint is 120 × 50 cm, with a total system height of 140 cm including the cabinet — measure clearance for the footprint and height before ordering. At 342 L total system volume, the water alone weighs around 342 kg; glass, sump, cabinet, substrate and rock add meaningfully more on top. Red Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight for this model, and at over 300 L this is exactly the size where floor loading stops being a formality — get a builder or structural engineer to check the point load before installing on anything other than a ground-floor slab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a bright room or a coastal-style interior where a white cabinet reads lighter than black, and for a reefer happy to choose their own return pump, skimmer and lighting rather than take a fixed set. Not suitable if you want to plug in and go without buying more gear — budget for a return pump, skimmer, light and ATO alongside this listing, not after it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA DC return pump sized to the sump's plumbing — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-6000-dc-pump-w-o-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 6000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e suits typical flow at this volume. A protein skimmer sized to the sump — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e is a common starting point; step up if you plan to stock heavily. Lighting such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90\u003c\/a\u003e, mounted to span the 120 cm run. And the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eRed Sea ReefATO System\u003c\/a\u003e to automate top-offs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects — 3 years as standard, extendable to 5 years at no extra cost by registering the system with Red Sea after purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, heavy item: expect palletised freight with a delivery dock or ground-floor drop-off, and confirm access for a two-person lift before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Reefer G2+350 White come with a return pump, skimmer or light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the aquarium, overflow, sump, cabinet and plumbing only. Return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and ATO are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the white cabinet mark or yellow over time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's cabinet finish is a moisture-resistant laminate rather than raw timber, but like any white surface near a reef tank it will show salt creep and water spots faster than black — regular wiping keeps it looking new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs white or black better for algae growth visibility?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeither cabinet colour affects the tank itself — display glass is clear either way. Colour is a room-matching choice, not a reef-keeping one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size return pump and skimmer should I buy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize both to the sump's flow rating and your intended stocking level, not just the tank's total volume — see Goes well with, above, for a starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I special-order a different cabinet colour?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea sells the G2+350 in black and white as standard; check with us before ordering if you need a different finish, as it may need to come in as a special order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155346211,"sku":"RED507","price":5013.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefer_350_white_web_1.jpg?v=1782108813"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-250-g2-glass-tank-only","title":"Red Sea Reefer 250 G2 Glass Tank Only","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe genuine replacement display tank for a Red Sea Reefer 250 G2 — glass only, with nothing else from the system included.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the bare 90 × 50 × 53cm rimless aquarium that sits inside a Reefer 250 G2 cabinet, pre-drilled for the G2 overflow. It's sold for owners replacing a cracked panel or failed seam who are keeping their existing cabinet, sump, pumps and plumbing — not as a way to buy into the Reefer system for less.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine Red Sea Reefer 250 G2 display aquarium — rimless, ultra-clear glass, 12mm front, side and bottom panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory drilling for the Reefer 250 G2 overflow and plumbing system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet and stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-cabinet sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump and protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off, temperature monitor and leak detector unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlumbing, bulkheads and fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tank is a direct-fit replacement for an existing Reefer 250 G2 setup. If you're starting from scratch, you need the complete Reefer 250 G2 system, not this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory rimless construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same ultra-clear glass and drilling pattern as a new Reefer 250 G2, so it drops into your existing cabinet and overflow plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12mm glass throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — front, side and bottom panels are all 12mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e203 litre display volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the original tank exactly, so your stocking and dosing don't need to change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-drilled overflow\u003c\/strong\u003e — no cutting or drilling required; the overflow box location matches the factory original.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Reefer 250 G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 50 × 53 cm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e203 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-clear, rimless — 12mm front, side and bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmpty weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED511\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tank is specific to the Reefer 250 G2 — its overflow drilling and footprint won't line up with the original (pre-G2) Reefer 250, or other Reefer sizes. If you're not certain which generation you have, check your serial number or send us a photo of the overflow box before ordering, since Red Sea has changed this plumbing layout between generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable as a like-for-like glass replacement for an existing Reefer 250 G2 system. Not suitable as a standalone starter tank — it has no cabinet, no filtration and no equipment, and the overflow drilling assumes Red Sea's own sump and plumbing kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight and floor loading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe empty tank weighs 40 kg. Once it's back in its cabinet with a full 203 L of saltwater, plus sump water, live rock and sand, the running system will weigh considerably more than the tank alone. Red Sea doesn't publish a single filled-system figure we can quote reliably for every configuration, so before setup on an upper floor or older bearers, get your floor load capacity checked by a builder or structural engineer rather than estimating from the tank weight alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer warranty terms. This is an oversized, fragile item — freight is quoted at checkout and larger items may need a two-person delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with the cabinet or sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the glass display tank only. The cabinet, sump, return pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO unit are all sold separately, or as part of the complete Reefer 250 G2 system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my existing Reefer 250 G2 cabinet and plumbing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your system is genuinely a Reefer 250 G2 — the drilling and footprint match the original. It is not a fit for other Reefer sizes or generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy would I buy the tank on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMainly to replace a cracked panel or a failed seam without buying a whole new system — you keep your existing cabinet, sump, plumbing and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's a good time to also replace other parts?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the system is apart for a tank swap is the easiest time to renew plumbing O-rings and check every bulkhead for wear.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155378979,"sku":"RED511","price":1200.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/product-20230608-0ec8a32ec2d3c5e6e218a0f22fe7cd9c.png?v=1782304859"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-425-complete-system-black","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+425 Complete System Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe largest of the three, built for a serious dosing setup.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reefer G2+425 Complete System is a 433 L reef platform in black — the biggest of Red Sea's G2+ Reefer range, with the deepest sump of the three for reactors, dosing pumps and monitoring gear. This listing is the drilled aquarium, sump and cabinet only; the return pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO that run the tank are chosen and bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 L sump — the largest in the range\u003c\/strong\u003e — more usable chamber space for a calcium reactor, dosers or a bigger skimmer than the 300 or 350 allow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicker side glass at this size\u003c\/strong\u003e — 15 mm sides against 12 mm front and bottom, sized up to handle the extra water pressure of a 433 L system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilled central overflow with removable weir comb\u003c\/strong\u003e — quiet downflow into the sump, no external overflow box on the back panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with dedicated chambers\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical filtration compartment, adjustable-height skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet in matte black\u003c\/strong\u003e — moisture-resistant, on adjustable levelling feet, with quick-release door hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric and USA bulkhead fittings included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own pumps or aftermarket equipment plumb straight in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the drilled display aquarium, the built-in overflow with weir comb, the REEF-SPEC sump (mechanical filtration compartment, skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space), the black cabinet, plumbing with metric and USA bulkhead connectors, and starter micron filter socks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and auto top-off (ATO) system, and a heater. At this size those alone can add close to what the base system costs — plan the full equipment list before ordering rather than after. For a factory-fitted pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO, look for a Reefer MAX instead; this listing is the standard Reefer G2+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e343 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e433 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm ultra-clear front and bottom, 15 mm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec plywood, black, adjustable feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump \/ skimmer \/ lighting \/ ATO\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — see What's included, below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Reefer G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three sizes share the same REEF-SPEC sump layout and the same bring-your-own-equipment approach — the difference is footprint and water volume. The 425 is the largest, with the deepest sump for reactor and dosing gear and the only model with reinforced 15 mm side glass. The 300 is the compact option; the 350 trades some depth for a wider, shallower display at a similar total volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e273 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e342 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+425\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e343 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e433 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm front\/bottom, 15 mm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display footprint is 120 × 60 cm, with a total system height of 142 cm including the cabinet — the extra 10 cm of depth over the 350 means it sits proud of a standard stud wall, so measure clearance behind as well as the floor footprint. At 433 L total system volume, the water alone weighs around 433 kg; glass, sump, cabinet, substrate and rock add meaningfully more on top of that. Red Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight for this model, and at over 400 L this is exactly the size where floor loading stops being a formality — get a builder or structural engineer to check the point load before installing on anything other than a ground-floor slab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for an experienced reefer planning a heavier bioload or a dosing-intensive system, where the extra 21 L of sump space over the 350 genuinely matters. Suitable if you're happy to source and budget for a return pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO on top of the base price. Not suitable as a first tank if budget is tight — the 300 gets you into the same REEF-SPEC ecosystem for meaningfully less, with less equipment to buy around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA DC return pump with enough headroom for a full sump — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-6000-dc-pump-w-o-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 6000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e or the larger \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-8000-dc-pump-w-o-controller\"\u003eReefRun G2 8000\u003c\/a\u003e if you're running a reactor loop off the same sump. A skimmer sized to the sump's chamber — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e as a starting point, sized up if you're stocking heavily. Lighting such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90\u003c\/a\u003e across the 120 cm span. And the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eRed Sea ReefATO System\u003c\/a\u003e to automate top-offs on a system this size, where manual topping up daily gets old fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects — 3 years as standard, extendable to 5 years at no extra cost by registering the system with Red Sea after purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is the heaviest of the three systems: expect palletised freight with a delivery dock or ground-floor drop-off, and confirm a two-person lift and clear access before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Reefer G2+425 come with a return pump, skimmer or light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the aquarium, overflow, sump, cabinet and plumbing only. Return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and ATO are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the side glass thicker on the 425 than the 300 or 350?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 433 L total volume the water pressure on the side panels is higher, so Red Sea specifies 15 mm side glass on this model against 12 mm on the smaller two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 90 L sump enough for a calcium reactor and dosers together?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the largest sump in the range and generally has room for both, but check the specific footprint of your chosen reactor and dosing pumps against the chamber dimensions before buying, since exact clearance varies by brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much heavier is the 425 than the 350 once it's running?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater weight alone is around 433 kg against 342 kg for the 350 — roughly 90 kg more before equipment, rock, sand and livestock are added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need engineering advice before installing this one?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrongly recommended unless it's going on a ground-floor slab. At over 400 L of water alone, plus glass, sump, cabinet and rock, this is not a load to guess at.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774156001571,"sku":"RED520","price":5489.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_G2_425_120x60x55cm_-_Black.jpg?v=1782108815"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-425-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+425 Complete System White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size reef platform, room to grow into.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reefer G2+425 Complete System is a 433 L reef platform in white — the largest of Red Sea's G2+ Reefer range, with the deepest sump of the three for reactors, dosing pumps and monitoring gear. This listing is the drilled aquarium, sump and cabinet only; the return pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO that turn it into a running reef are chosen and bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet in white\u003c\/strong\u003e — moisture-resistant construction with adjustable levelling feet and quick-release door hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 L sump — the largest in the range\u003c\/strong\u003e — more usable chamber space for a calcium reactor, dosers or a bigger skimmer than the 300 or 350 allow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicker side glass at this size\u003c\/strong\u003e — 15 mm sides against 12 mm front and bottom, sized up for the extra water pressure of a 433 L system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilled central overflow with removable weir comb\u003c\/strong\u003e — quiet downflow into the sump, no external overflow box on the back panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with dedicated chambers\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical filtration compartment, adjustable-height skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric and USA bulkhead fittings included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own pumps or aftermarket equipment plumb straight in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the drilled display aquarium, the built-in overflow with weir comb, the REEF-SPEC sump (mechanical filtration compartment, skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space), the white cabinet, plumbing with metric and USA bulkhead connectors, and starter micron filter socks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and auto top-off (ATO) system, and a heater. At this size those alone can add close to what the base system costs — plan the full equipment list before ordering rather than after. For a factory-fitted pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO, look for a Reefer MAX instead; this listing is the standard Reefer G2+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e343 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e433 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm ultra-clear front and bottom, 15 mm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec plywood, white, adjustable feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump \/ skimmer \/ lighting \/ ATO\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — see What's included, below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Reefer G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three sizes share the same REEF-SPEC sump layout and the same bring-your-own-equipment approach — the difference is footprint and water volume. The 425 is the largest, with the deepest sump for reactor and dosing gear and the only model with reinforced 15 mm side glass. The 300 is the compact option; the 350 trades some depth for a wider, shallower display at a similar total volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e273 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e342 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+425\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e343 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e433 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm front\/bottom, 15 mm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display footprint is 120 × 60 cm, with a total system height of 142 cm including the cabinet — the extra 10 cm of depth over the 350 means it sits proud of a standard stud wall, so measure clearance behind as well as the floor footprint. At 433 L total system volume, the water alone weighs around 433 kg; glass, sump, cabinet, substrate and rock add meaningfully more on top. Red Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight for this model, and at over 400 L this is exactly the size where floor loading stops being a formality — get a builder or structural engineer to check the point load before installing on anything other than a ground-floor slab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for an experienced reefer planning a heavier bioload or a dosing-intensive system, in a bright room where the white cabinet suits the space. Suitable if you're happy to source and budget for a return pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO on top of the base price. Not suitable as a first tank if budget is tight — the 300 gets you into the same REEF-SPEC ecosystem for meaningfully less, with less equipment to buy around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA DC return pump with enough headroom for a full sump — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-6000-dc-pump-w-o-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 6000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e or the larger \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-8000-dc-pump-w-o-controller\"\u003eReefRun G2 8000\u003c\/a\u003e if you're running a reactor loop off the same sump. A skimmer sized to the sump's chamber — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e as a starting point, sized up if you're stocking heavily. Lighting such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90\u003c\/a\u003e across the 120 cm span. And the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eRed Sea ReefATO System\u003c\/a\u003e to automate top-offs on a system this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects — 3 years as standard, extendable to 5 years at no extra cost by registering the system with Red Sea after purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is the heaviest of the three systems: expect palletised freight with a delivery dock or ground-floor drop-off, and confirm a two-person lift and clear access before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Reefer G2+425 White come with a return pump, skimmer or light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the aquarium, overflow, sump, cabinet and plumbing only. Return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and ATO are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the side glass thicker on the 425 than the 300 or 350?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 433 L total volume the water pressure on the side panels is higher, so Red Sea specifies 15 mm side glass on this model against 12 mm on the smaller two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes a white cabinet cost more than black on this model?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — colour is a finish choice, not a price tier. Both are the same marine-spec plywood construction with the same fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much heavier is the 425 than the 350 once it's running?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater weight alone is around 433 kg against 342 kg for the 350 — roughly 90 kg more before equipment, rock, sand and livestock are added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need engineering advice before installing this one?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrongly recommended unless it's going on a ground-floor slab. At over 400 L of water alone, plus glass, sump, cabinet and rock, this is not a load to guess at.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774156067107,"sku":"RED521","price":5489.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_G2_425_120x60x55cm_-_White.jpg?v=1782108838"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-625-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+625 Complete System White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 620-litre reef shell — not a finished aquarium yet.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER 625 G2+ Complete System pairs a 497-litre rimless display aquarium with a 123-litre in-cabinet sump and a white marine-spec cabinet, built around Red Sea's drilled overflow and pre-glued plumbing. It's the platform a large mixed-reef or SPS-dominant tank gets built on. It does not include lighting, a return pump or a protein skimmer — those are chosen separately, to your budget and your coral.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e497 L rimless display aquarium in ultra-clear glass, 150 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e123 L in-cabinet sump with mechanical filtration compartment, adjustable skimmer chamber and bubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec cabinet with stainless steel hinges and levelling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilent drilled overflow box with surface skimmer and removable weir comb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-glued plumbing with bulkhead connectors in both metric and imperial sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off system, with built-in leak and temperature sensors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCirculation pumps or wavemakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive rock, sand, substrate or salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't take \"complete system\" to mean reef-ready on day one — it means the tank, sump and cabinet are complete, not the equipment. Red Sea's fully-equipped alternative, the REEFER MAX 625 G2+, bundles lighting, a DC return pump, a protein skimmer and circulation pumps into the same tank and sump; this listing does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay tank volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e497 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system water volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e148 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront and side glass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm ultra-clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase glass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich REEFER G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three large-format G2+ systems share the same cabinet depth and height, so the decision comes down to floor length and how much display footprint the room can take.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay size (L × W × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 625 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e497 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm front\/side, 15 mm base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 750 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 900 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 65 × 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFloor loading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater alone in a full 625 accounts for roughly 620 kg, before the glass, cabinet, sump, rock and substrate are added. Red Sea does not publish a total filled weight for this model. With the combined load running well over 620 kg on a single footprint, have the floor structure checked — ideally by a builder or structural engineer — before installing, particularly upstairs or on a suspended timber floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting it up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 625 is plumbed and drilled at the factory, so assembly is largely mechanical: cabinet, aquarium, sump, then plumbing. You'll still need to choose and fit a return pump sized to your plumbing run and head height, a skimmer sized to the system's bioload, and lighting sized to the tank's 60 cm depth. The sump's dimensions suit Red Sea's own REEFER-specific accessories, but skimmers, pumps and lights from other reef-reputable brands fit the same footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: established reef keepers building a large SPS, mixed or predominantly soft coral system, and anyone who wants to choose their own filtration and lighting rather than take a bundled set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for: a first marine tank, or anyone who wants everything running on day one — for that, the REEFER MAX 625 G2+ is the better starting point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sump's filtration compartment and skimmer chamber are designed for regular filter sock or media changes. The overflow's weir comb lifts out for cleaning. Check the ReefATO+ probe periodically for algae growth, which can cause false top-off readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefATO+ unit is mains-powered (240 V, AU plug) and includes a leak detector that cuts the top-off pump if it senses water outside the sump. Run it, and any pump or heater you add, through an RCD-protected circuit. Confirm floor loading before installing, and check doorway and hallway clearances allow a 150 cm aquarium through before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA DC return pump sized to your plumbing and head height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA protein skimmer rated to the system's full 620 L bioload, not just the display volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef lighting capable of covering a 65 cm-wide display at reef-relevant PAR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dosing routine once the tank is cycled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's standard manufacturer warranty applies in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Registering the system with Red Sea extends the warranty to 5 years in Australia. This is a large, heavy, glass item — freight is oversize and normally needs two people to receive and position. Confirm access and floor loading before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the REEFER 625 G2+ come with a return pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Complete System includes the aquarium, sump, cabinet, plumbing and ReefATO+ auto top-off. The return pump is chosen and purchased separately to suit your plumbing run and head height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the REEFER MAX 625 G2+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MAX version is fully equipped: it adds lighting, a DC return pump, a protein skimmer and circulation pumps to the same tank and sump. This Complete System is the shell only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill a skimmer fit in the sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the 123 L sump includes a dedicated, adjustable skimmer chamber sized for standard in-sump protein skimmers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the tank weigh once it's full?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight, but the 620 L of system water alone is roughly 620 kg. Add the glass, cabinet, sump, rock and substrate on top, and check your floor loading before committing to a spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs lighting included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Complete System is sold without lighting, so you can size and budget it separately for the coral you're planning to keep.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774157181219,"sku":"RED561","price":7868.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/211289-red-sea-white-reefer-xxl-625_4_1.jpg?v=1782108842"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-750-complete-system-black","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+750 Complete System Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 750-litre reef shell — glass, sump and cabinet only.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER 750 G2+ Complete System pairs a 600-litre rimless display aquarium with a 150-litre in-cabinet sump and a black marine-spec cabinet, built around Red Sea's drilled overflow and pre-glued plumbing. It's the platform a large mixed-reef or SPS-dominant tank gets built on. It does not include lighting, a return pump or a protein skimmer — those are chosen separately, to your budget and your coral.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600 L rimless display aquarium in ultra-clear glass, 180 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 L in-cabinet sump with mechanical filtration compartment, adjustable skimmer chamber and bubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec cabinet with stainless steel hinges and levelling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilent drilled overflow box with surface skimmer and removable weir comb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-glued plumbing with bulkhead connectors in both metric and imperial sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off system, with built-in leak and temperature sensors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCirculation pumps or wavemakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive rock, sand, substrate or salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't take \"complete system\" to mean reef-ready on day one — it means the tank, sump and cabinet are complete, not the equipment. Red Sea's fully-equipped alternative, the REEFER MAX 750 G2+, bundles lighting, a DC return pump, a protein skimmer and circulation pumps into the same tank and sump; this listing does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay tank volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system water volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e148 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass (front, side and base)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm ultra-clear throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich REEFER G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three large-format G2+ systems share the same cabinet depth and height, so the decision comes down to floor length and how much display footprint the room can take.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay size (L × W × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 625 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e497 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm front\/side, 15 mm base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 750 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 900 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 65 × 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFloor loading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater alone in a full 750 accounts for roughly 750 kg, before the glass, cabinet, sump, rock and substrate are added. Red Sea does not publish a total filled weight for this model. With the combined load running well over 750 kg on a single footprint, have the floor structure checked — ideally by a builder or structural engineer — before installing, particularly upstairs or on a suspended timber floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting it up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 750 is plumbed and drilled at the factory, so assembly is largely mechanical: cabinet, aquarium, sump, then plumbing. You'll still need to choose and fit a return pump sized to your plumbing run and head height, a skimmer sized to the system's bioload, and lighting sized to the tank's 60 cm depth and 180 cm span. The sump's dimensions suit Red Sea's own REEFER-specific accessories, but skimmers, pumps and lights from other reef-reputable brands fit the same footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: established reef keepers building a large SPS, mixed or predominantly soft coral system, and anyone who wants to choose their own filtration and lighting rather than take a bundled set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for: a first marine tank, or anyone who wants everything running on day one — for that, the REEFER MAX 750 G2+ is the better starting point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sump's filtration compartment and skimmer chamber are designed for regular filter sock or media changes. The overflow's weir comb lifts out for cleaning. Check the ReefATO+ probe periodically for algae growth, which can cause false top-off readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefATO+ unit is mains-powered (240 V, AU plug) and includes a leak detector that cuts the top-off pump if it senses water outside the sump. Run it, and any pump or heater you add, through an RCD-protected circuit. Confirm floor loading before installing, and check doorway and hallway clearances allow a 180 cm aquarium through before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA DC return pump sized to your plumbing and head height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA protein skimmer rated to the system's full 750 L bioload, not just the display volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef lighting capable of covering a 65 cm-wide, 180 cm-long display at reef-relevant PAR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dosing routine once the tank is cycled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's standard manufacturer warranty applies in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Registering the system with Red Sea extends the warranty to 5 years in Australia. This is a large, heavy, glass item — freight is oversize and normally needs two people to receive and position. Confirm access and floor loading before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the REEFER 750 G2+ come with a return pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Complete System includes the aquarium, sump, cabinet, plumbing and ReefATO+ auto top-off. The return pump is chosen and purchased separately to suit your plumbing run and head height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the REEFER MAX 750 G2+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MAX version is fully equipped: it adds lighting, a DC return pump, a protein skimmer and circulation pumps to the same tank and sump. This Complete System is the shell only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill a skimmer fit in the sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the 150 L sump includes a dedicated, adjustable skimmer chamber sized for standard in-sump protein skimmers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the tank weigh once it's full?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight, but the 750 L of system water alone is roughly 750 kg. Add the glass, cabinet, sump, rock and substrate on top, and check your floor loading before committing to a spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs lighting included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Complete System is sold without lighting, so you can size and budget it separately for the coral you're planning to keep.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774157213987,"sku":"RED564","price":10470.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/211288-red-sea-black-reefer-xxl-625_3_1_1.jpg?v=1782112727"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-peninsula-g2-excluding-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 - excluding cabinet","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree-sided reef viewing with the filtration already built in.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano Peninsula G2 is an 87 L display (100 L total system volume) reef aquarium built for peninsula, room-divider placement — open to viewing from three sides, with a return pump, protein skimmer, ReefLED G2 60 light and auto top-off built into the rear chamber. This listing is the tank and equipment only; the matching cabinet is sold separately in black or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeninsula format\u003c\/strong\u003e — filtration lives in a rear chamber at one end, so the other three sides stay open for viewing from a room-divider or island position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 mm ultra-clear rimless glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean glass line with no visible frame, front-to-back and side-to-side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e950 L\/h return pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — circulates the full 100 L system volume roughly nine and a half times an hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated MAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated to process the entire system volume approximately three times an hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefLED G2 60\u003c\/strong\u003e — app-controlled LED lighting (Red Sea ReefBeat) over the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off reservoir\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 1.5 L freshwater store good for roughly two to three days of evaporation before refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225-micron filter sock, media chamber and bubble trap\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical and chemical filtration stages built into the rear chamber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay tank dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 58.5 × 45 cm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm ultra-clear, rimless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated MAX NANO skimmer, approx. 3× system turnover per hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 60, ReefBeat app control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto top-off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L reservoir, approx. 2–3 days autonomy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanical filtration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225-micron filter sock (removable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGeneration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the aquarium and its built-in equipment — it is not sold as a complete plug-and-play system, and the following are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeninsula display tank with integrated rear filtration chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e950 L\/h return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED G2 60 light with mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225-micron filter sock, media chamber and bubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 L auto top-off reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet or stand (sold separately, black or white)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ enhanced auto top-off and leak detection unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNanoMat advanced mechanical filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalt, substrate, rock and livestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 950 L\/h return pump turns the 100 L system volume over roughly nine and a half times an hour — plenty of circulation for a mixed-reef bioload in a tank this size. The built-in skimmer is rated to process the full system volume around three times an hour, a light-to-medium bioload figure; heavily stocked peninsulas may want to watch nutrient export and add media rather than expect the skimmer alone to carry a fish-heavy load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a mixed reef or FOWLR peninsula display where three-sided viewing matters more than sheer volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a first sump-less reef setup — the filtration is self-contained, so no external plumbing is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable as a freestanding display without the matching cabinet — the rear chamber and plumbing are designed around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a heated system out of the box — a separate heater sized for 100 L is required before stocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse or replace the 225-micron filter sock regularly to keep flow through the mechanical stage. Change carbon and other chemical media on a cycle suited to your bioload. Top up the ATO reservoir every two to three days unless you've added the ReefATO+ upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMains-powered — supplied for the Australian 240 V \/ 50 Hz supply. Keep the return pump and skimmer pump on a drip loop, and run aquarium electrics from a switched, RCD-protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Peninsula Cabinet (black or white) — the matching stand this system is designed to sit on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater sized for 100 L, since one isn't included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefATO+ — upgrades the basic reservoir to a sensor-monitored top-off with leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea NanoMat — swaps the filter sock for a self-advancing mechanical roll for less frequent maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRegistering your system with Red Sea within their stated window extends cover on the glass aquarium and cabinet to 5 years in Australia (original purchaser only, non-transferable) — see redseafish.com\/register. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. As a large glass item, freight is oversize — contact us to confirm delivery options for your address before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the tank and its built-in equipment only. The matching MAX Nano Peninsula cabinet is sold separately in black or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy a heater separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The system doesn't include a heater — choose one rated for a 100 L system and suited to your room's ambient temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I need to top up the water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in 1.5 L reservoir typically needs refilling every two to three days depending on evaporation in your room. The optional ReefATO+ automates this with a sensor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this without the matching cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's designed around the cabinet's dimensions and the rear chamber's plumbing runs through it, so we recommend the matching stand rather than improvising your own support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the older MAX Nano Peninsula?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the current G2 generation, with the ReefLED G2 60 fixture and ReefBeat app control. We don't carry the earlier generation, so check spares compatibility against your specific unit if you already own one.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774158033187,"sku":"RED590","price":2301.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED590_2.jpg?v=1772078747"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-peninsula-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula Cabinet","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to carry a filled peninsula reef, not just look good.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano Peninsula Cabinet is the marine-spec stand engineered specifically for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium, supporting its three-sided display format at bar height with weatherproof, epoxy-painted doors below. Available in black or white to match the tank's finish. This is the cabinet only — it does not include the aquarium, sump equipment or lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — weatherproof, epoxy-painted doors built for a reef room's salt spray and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-close stainless steel hinges and push-open latches\u003c\/strong\u003e — no handles to catch on hoses or clothing, and doors that won't slam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized to the Peninsula footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — built around the MAX Nano Peninsula G2's own base, not a generic stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — space below for salt, supplements, dosing gear and equipment, out of view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colourways\u003c\/strong\u003e — black exterior with black interior, or white exterior with black interior, to match either finish of the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesigned for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec, weatherproof epoxy-painted doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft-close stainless steel hinges, push-open latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCombined height with tank installed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e132 cm, excluding the light unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (SKU RED591) or white (SKU RED592), black interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVariant specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExterior\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterior\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED591\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED592\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet body, doors and hardware, pre-fitted for the Peninsula footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium itself (sold separately), since this cabinet doesn't include the tank, pump, skimmer, lighting or ATO.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cabinet is purpose-built for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 only — it isn't a universal stand. If you own an earlier-generation MAX Nano Peninsula, check its footprint against this cabinet before ordering, as Red Sea has changed cabinet dimensions between generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2, in either its supplied colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot designed as general-purpose furniture — it's shaped and positioned for this specific aquarium's footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe salt spray off the doors and hinges regularly — the epoxy finish resists it, but standing salt residue will still mark most paint finishes over time. Check door alignment and hinge tension periodically once the cabinet is loaded with equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium (excluding cabinet) — the tank this cabinet is built for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater and dosing gear to store in the enclosed base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhere registered with Red Sea as part of a complete system within their stated window, the cabinet is covered for up to 5 years in Australia alongside the glass aquarium (original purchaser only, non-transferable) — see redseafish.com\/register. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. As a large flat-packed item, freight is oversize — contact us to confirm delivery options for your address before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this cabinet come with the aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the cabinet only. The MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium and its built-in equipment are sold as a separate listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit an older MAX Nano Peninsula?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built for the current G2 footprint. If you have an earlier generation, check dimensions before buying rather than assuming compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the black and white versions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eExterior finish only — both have a black interior, the same marine-spec doors, hinges and latches, and the same footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's supplied flat-packed for delivery and requires assembly — contact us if you'd like to arrange assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774158065955,"sku":"RED591","price":967.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335333986595,"sku":"RED592","price":967.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-Max-Nano-Peninsula-Cabinet-Black.jpg?v=1782108785"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-xl-g2-excl-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Max Nano XL G2 excl Cabinet","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete reef system in the nano footprint, sold without the cabinet.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano XL G2 is an all-in-one reef aquarium with a built-in rear sump chamber housing filtration, a return pump, protein skimmer and auto top-off — pre-plumbed so it runs as a system rather than a collection of separately fitted equipment. This listing is the aquarium and its built-in equipment only; the matching cabinet is sold separately, in black or white, so you can pair it with your own stand or the genuine Red Sea cabinet on a different order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger nano format\u003c\/strong\u003e — the XL step up from the standard MAX Nano, with meaningfully more water volume and scaping room for stability and stocking headroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in rear sump chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — houses the return pump, protein skimmer, mechanical filtration and auto top-off behind the display, out of view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, all-glass G2 construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — 8 mm ultra-clear glass with an integrated all-in-one overflow, no visible trim across the front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefLED G2 60 lighting included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wi-Fi controlled via the ReefBeat app, with mounting arm supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Sicce return pump included\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated 409 GPH (approx. 1,550 L\/h) at the pump's own rating; expect meaningfully less once head height and plumbing losses are accounted for, as with any pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ and NanoMat ready\u003c\/strong\u003e — the rear sump accepts Red Sea's optional auto top-off upgrade and filter media mat without modification, when you're ready to add them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano XL G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 61 cm L × 51 cm W × 51 cm H (24\" × 20\" × 20\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 125 L (33 US gallons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm ultra-clear, rimless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 60, Wi-Fi \/ ReefBeat app control, mounting arm included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded return pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce return pump, rated 409 GPH \/ approx. 1,550 L\/h at zero head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded filtration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in protein skimmer, surface skimmer, 225 micron filter sock, foam bubble trap, 100 g REEF-SPEC activated carbon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded water top-off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGravity-fed auto top-off system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 years — 3 years standard, extended to 5 with product registration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — sold separately in black or white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has not published empty or filled weight figures for this tank on their specification pages, and we haven't been able to confirm a floor-loading figure independently. As a guide, a full 125 L marine system including rock and sand will weigh well over 150 kg once filled — check with us before ordering if you need a confirmed number for your floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded in this listing:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano XL G2 aquarium with built-in rear sump; ReefLED G2 60 light and mounting arm; Sicce return pump; built-in protein skimmer; surface skimmer; 225 micron filter sock; foam bubble trap; 100 g activated carbon; gravity-fed auto top-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included — you'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e the matching cabinet (sold separately, black or white); a heater (Red Sea does not include one with this system); salt, live rock and sand; a controller if you want to automate dosing or the ReefATO+ upgrade beyond the included gravity top-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a \"complete reef system\" in the sense that the filtration, lighting and circulation are already fitted and plumbed — it is not complete in the sense of arriving ready to fill with saltwater on delivery day. Read both lists before you order so nothing on setup day is a surprise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst reef tank, desks and small spaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano XL G2 (this listing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 125 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately (this listing excludes it)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore stocking and scaping headroom without moving up to a full-size system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano XL G2 Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cabinet for this tank, black or white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePairs with this listing to complete the system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes the return pump's headline rating — 409 GPH (approx. 1,550 L\/h) — measured at zero head, in a bucket. Once the pump is lifting water back up through the display's plumbing, actual flow will be noticeably lower than the headline figure, as it is with any centrifugal pump. Red Sea has not published a full head-versus-flow curve for the pump fitted to this system; if that figure matters for your stocking plan, contact us and we'll follow it up with Red Sea before you order. The same caveat applies to the ReefLED G2 60: Red Sea has not published a PAR-at-depth chart specific to this fixture on their public specification pages, so we haven't stated PAR figures here rather than estimate them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef keepers who want a pre-plumbed, filtered nano system with room to stock and scape beyond the standard MAX Nano, and who are comfortable adding their own heater, cabinet and consumables. Not suitable as a freshwater setup — this is a marine reef system, and the included skimmer and lighting are specified for saltwater use. Not a plug-and-play delivery-day system — budget for a cabinet, heater and cycling time before livestock goes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a mains-powered aquarium system running a pump, lighting and (once added) a heater on or near water. Use a residual current device (RCD\/safety switch) on the circuit, keep all cabling in a drip loop below the outlet, and fit a thermostat-controlled heater rather than relying on the ATO or pump to regulate temperature — neither is a substitute for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the 225 micron filter sock every few days — a clogged sock stops polishing the water and starts feeding nitrate back in as trapped waste breaks down. Replace the 100 g carbon charge on Red Sea's standard activated carbon interval (roughly monthly, or per the carbon's own packaging) to keep it adsorbing rather than just sitting inert. Check the gravity ATO reservoir regularly until you're confident in its refill pattern for your tank's evaporation rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty — 3 years as standard, extended to 5 years with product registration — in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, boxed system item; get in touch before ordering if you need a delivery timeframe or want to arrange pickup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with a cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the aquarium and its built-in equipment only. The matching MAX Nano XL G2 Cabinet is sold separately in black or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it include a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea doesn't include a heater with any MAX Nano system — choose one sized to the roughly 125 L total volume and the gap between your room and target reef temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the standard MAX Nano?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL G2 holds roughly 125 L total system volume against the standard MAX Nano's 75 L, giving more stocking and scaping room in a similar nano footprint. Both are pre-plumbed systems with built-in filtration, lighting and a return pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add the ReefATO+ later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the rear sump is ReefATO+ and NanoMat ready, so both can be added after the fact without modifying the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 409 GPH pump rating what I'll actually get?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — 409 GPH is the pump's rating at zero head, in a bucket. Once it's lifting water through the display's own plumbing, expect a noticeably lower real-world flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matching MAX Nano XL G2 Cabinet (black or white) completes the system. Add a thermostat-controlled heater sized to roughly 125 L, and the ReefATO+ or NanoMat upgrades when you're ready to automate top-off or extend filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774158131491,"sku":"RED595","price":1700.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED595_1.jpg?v=1772078767"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-xl-g2-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Max Nano XL G2 Cabinet","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe colour-matched stand engineered for your MAX Nano XL G2.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano XL G2 Cabinet is purpose-built to carry the MAX Nano XL G2 aquarium — water, rock and all — at a comfortable viewing height, with enclosed storage below for salt, supplements and equipment. Available in black or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngineered for the MAX Nano XL G2 footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — built to carry the filled system's weight, not general-purpose furniture pressed into service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colour options\u003c\/strong\u003e — black or white, both finished to match the MAX Nano XL G2's own trim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — hides dosing containers, salt buckets and test kits behind clean cabinet doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable and plumbing access built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed around the tank's own overflow and pump layout rather than needing holes cut after the fact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable levelling feet\u003c\/strong\u003e — for getting a heavy, filled nano level on an uneven floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano XL G2 Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium cabinet \/ stand only — no tank or equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano XL G2 (33 gallon \/ approx. 125 L total system)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED596\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290116397856\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED597\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290116397863\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has not published external cabinet dimensions or a floor load rating for this stand on their specification pages. Given a filled MAX Nano XL G2 is a genuinely heavy load on a domestic floor, contact us before ordering if you need a confirmed weight figure for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cabinet is sized specifically for the Red Sea MAX Nano XL G2. It is not interchangeable with the standard MAX Nano cabinet or the MAX Nano XXL cabinet — each size in the range uses its own stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet only, in your choice of black or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano XL G2 aquarium, ReefLED lighting, return pump, skimmer, filtration and ATO. These are sold as the MAX Nano XL G2 system, or separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone setting up or replacing the cabinet on a Red Sea MAX Nano XL G2. Not suitable for the standard MAX Nano or MAX Nano XXL — both use a different footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, boxed furniture item — get in touch before ordering if you need a delivery timeframe or want to arrange pickup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the cabinet only. The MAX Nano XL G2 tank, lighting, pump, skimmer and ATO are sold separately or as part of the complete reef system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it take the weight of a filled tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's engineered specifically for the MAX Nano XL G2's filled weight. Red Sea hasn't published the exact load figure; if you need it confirmed for your situation, ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the black cabinet the same price as white?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the current price on this listing for your chosen colour — pricing can differ between finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePairs with the Red Sea MAX Nano XL G2 reef system, and with its filtration consumables — REEF-SPEC carbon and 225 micron filter media — stored inside the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774158164259,"sku":"RED596","price":690.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335334084899,"sku":"RED597","price":690.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Max_Nano_G2_XL_Cabinet_-_Black.jpg?v=1782108773"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-200-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+200 Complete System White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 200-litre rimless reef platform that ships as tank, sump and cabinet only — you choose the rest.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER 200 G2+ steps up from the 170 with a wider footprint and a bigger sump, while keeping the same rimless, drilled-glass build and white cabinet finish. It suits reefers who already know which pump, skimmer and light they want to run, or who'd rather choose that gear themselves than pay for someone else's pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, drilled display\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 158-litre display volume with a silent internal overflow, so there's no visible overflow box breaking the sightlines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built 42-litre glass sump\u003c\/strong\u003e — includes a bubble trap chamber and 225-micron filter bags and media cups, sized to sit inside the cabinet footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassive automatic top-up\u003c\/strong\u003e — a float valve tops the sump up from a built-in reservoir as water evaporates. It is not the electronic ReefATO+ controller — see Not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal plumbing kit included\u003c\/strong\u003e — piping and an outlet nozzle are supplied, sized for the standard drilled overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching white cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships flat-packed and needs self-assembly; houses the sump and hides the plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 litres total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — display plus sump, the figure that matters for salt mix and dosing calculations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless glass aquarium, factory-drilled for the overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite cabinet (flat-packed, self-assembly required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass sump with bubble trap chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225-micron filter bags and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloat valve for passive automatic top-up, plus a top-up reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal piping kit and outlet nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ electronic top-up controller — the system ships with a basic float valve only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalt mix, substrate and livestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eREEFER 200 G2+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e158 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSump volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 57.5 × 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal height with cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass thickness (front \/ side \/ bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 \/ 12 \/ 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich REEFER size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three current REEFER G2+ sizes share the same rimless build and the same inclusion list — only the footprint, volume and glass thickness change. The step from 170 to 200 buys mostly depth and sump capacity rather than length, which is worth checking against your available wall space before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 170 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 50 × 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 200 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e158 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 57.5 × 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 300 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 × 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef and marine keepers who want more display and sump volume than the 170 without moving up to the 300's larger footprint, and are sourcing their own return pump, skimmer and lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone upgrading from a rimmed tank who wants rimless sightlines without paying for equipment they already own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e buyers who want a single box that includes a skimmer, return pump and lighting at purchase — that's the Reefer MAX range, not this one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone who needs the tank ready to fill and run on day one — budget for a return pump, skimmer and light before you commission it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea backs the REEFER range with a manufacturer's warranty, provided in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law — ask our team for the current term on this model before you buy. This is a large glass item delivered on a pallet; the cabinet arrives flat-packed and needs assembly, and you should plan for a level, load-rated floor before the tank goes in. A filled 200 holds up to 200 kg of water alone, before the glass, cabinet, sump and substrate are counted — worth checking with a builder if it's going on an elevated floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-6000-dc-pump-w-o-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 6000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e — a DC return pump from Red Sea's own range; check the flow you need against your plumbing run before choosing a size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e — from Red Sea's Reefer skimmer range, sized to your bioload rather than tank volume alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90\u003c\/a\u003e — a mounting-ready LED fixture from the same generation of hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-ato-upgrade-kit-no-corner-bracket\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer ATO Upgrade Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — upgrades the standard float valve to the electronic ReefATO+ system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 20kg Refill Box\u003c\/a\u003e — mixes enough saltwater for a water change plus top-ups on this size system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the REEFER 200 G2+ include a protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It ships with the tank, sump and cabinet only. A protein skimmer, return pump and lighting are all sold separately, so you can choose them to suit your stocking plan and budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much bigger is the 200 than the 170?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display footprint is the same 60 cm length, but the 200 is deeper front-to-back (57.5 cm versus 50 cm) and taller, giving 30 extra litres of display volume and 5 extra litres of sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the included float valve and ReefATO+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe float valve that ships with the system is a passive mechanical device — it opens and closes to keep the sump topped up from the built-in reservoir. Red Sea's ReefATO+ is a separate electronic controller with a temperature sensor and leak detection; it is not included as standard, but can be added with the Reefer ATO Upgrade Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the cabinet pre-assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The cabinet is flat-packed and needs to be assembled before the tank goes on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill my existing return pump and skimmer fit the sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost standard aquarium pumps and skimmers will fit the sump's chambers, but check your pump's flow rating against the 42-litre sump and your skimmer's footprint against the sump chamber dimensions before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774160097571,"sku":"RED751","price":3457.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_G2_200_60x57.5x53cm_-_White.png?v=1782111108"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-300-complete-system-black","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+300 Complete System Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 300-litre rimless reef platform that ships as tank, sump and cabinet only — you choose the rest.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER 300 G2+ is the largest of the current three sizes, with a wider 90 cm footprint and a 54-litre sump, on a matching black cabinet. It suits reefers who already know which pump, skimmer and light they want to run, or who'd rather choose that gear themselves than pay for someone else's pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, drilled display\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 246-litre display volume with a silent internal overflow, so there's no visible overflow box breaking the sightlines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built 54-litre glass sump\u003c\/strong\u003e — includes a bubble trap chamber and 225-micron filter bags and media cups, sized to sit inside the cabinet footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassive automatic top-up\u003c\/strong\u003e — a float valve tops the sump up from a built-in reservoir as water evaporates. It is not the electronic ReefATO+ controller — see Not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal plumbing kit included\u003c\/strong\u003e — piping and an outlet nozzle are supplied, sized for the standard drilled overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicker glass throughout\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 mm front, side and bottom, up from 10 mm on the 170 and 200, to suit the taller water column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 litres total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — display plus sump, the figure that matters for salt mix and dosing calculations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless glass aquarium, factory-drilled for the overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack cabinet (flat-packed, self-assembly required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass sump with bubble trap chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225-micron filter bags and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloat valve for passive automatic top-up, plus a top-up reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal piping kit and outlet nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ electronic top-up controller — the system ships with a basic float valve only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalt mix, substrate and livestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eREEFER 300 G2+\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSump volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 × 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal height with cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass thickness (front \/ side \/ bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 \/ 12 \/ 12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich REEFER size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three current REEFER G2+ sizes share the same rimless build and the same inclusion list — only the footprint, volume and glass thickness change. The 300 is the one genuinely different shape of the three: 90 cm long against 60 cm for the 170 and 200, so measure your wall space before ordering rather than judging by volume alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 170 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 50 × 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 200 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e158 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 × 57.5 × 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 300 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 × 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef and marine keepers wanting a longer display for aquascaping and fish swimming room, who are sourcing their own return pump, skimmer and lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone upgrading from a rimmed tank who wants rimless sightlines without paying for equipment they already own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e buyers who want a single box that includes a skimmer, return pump and lighting at purchase — that's the Reefer MAX range, not this one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rooms without a level, load-rated 90 cm run of floor and wall space — measure before you order, this is the widest of the three current sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea backs the REEFER range with a manufacturer's warranty, provided in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law — ask our team for the current term on this model before you buy. This is a large, heavy glass item delivered on a pallet; the cabinet arrives flat-packed and needs assembly. A filled 300 holds up to 300 kg of water alone, before the glass, cabinet, sump and substrate are counted — check the floor rating with a builder before installing on an upper level or non-slab floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-8000-dc-pump-w-o-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 8000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e — a DC return pump from Red Sea's own range; check the flow you need against your plumbing run before choosing a size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e — from Red Sea's Reefer skimmer range, sized to your bioload rather than tank volume alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90\u003c\/a\u003e — a mounting-ready LED fixture; a 90 cm display will typically need more than one to cover the full length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-ato-upgrade-kit-no-corner-bracket\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer ATO Upgrade Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — upgrades the standard float valve to the electronic ReefATO+ system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-salt-25-2kg-bag-750l\"\u003eRed Sea Salt 25.2kg Bag (750L)\u003c\/a\u003e — mixes enough saltwater for a full water change on this size system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the REEFER 300 G2+ include a protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It ships with the tank, sump and cabinet only. A protein skimmer, return pump and lighting are all sold separately, so you can choose them to suit your stocking plan and budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much floor space does the 300 need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow for the 90 × 57.5 cm cabinet footprint plus clearance to open the cabinet doors and reach the sump — measure your wall run at 90 cm minimum before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the included float valve and ReefATO+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe float valve that ships with the system is a passive mechanical device — it opens and closes to keep the sump topped up from the built-in reservoir. Red Sea's ReefATO+ is a separate electronic controller with a temperature sensor and leak detection; it is not included as standard, but can be added with the Reefer ATO Upgrade Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the cabinet pre-assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The cabinet is flat-packed and needs to be assembled before the tank goes on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill one return pump be enough for a 90 cm tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the flow you want across the full length of the display, and on how much head height your plumbing run adds. Check the pump's rated flow at your actual lift height, not just its headline number, before you commit to one.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774160163107,"sku":"RED752","price":4282.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_G2_300_90x57.5x55cm_-_Black.png?v=1782111112"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-300-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+300 Complete System White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA reef-ready canvas, not a plug-and-play system.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reefer G2+300 Complete System is a 300 L drilled glass aquarium in white, built on Red Sea's REEF-SPEC sump platform: a precision-engineered tank, overflow, sump and marine cabinet designed to take the return pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO you choose to run. This listing is the aquarium and its plumbing — the equipment that turns it into a working reef tank is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilled central overflow with removable weir comb\u003c\/strong\u003e — quiet, silent downflow into the sump without an external box hanging off the back panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with dedicated chambers\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical filtration compartment, adjustable-height skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space, so filtration and dosing gear have a proper home out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless, bevelled ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 mm front and side panels with no frame breaking the view into the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet in white\u003c\/strong\u003e — moisture-resistant construction on adjustable levelling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric and USA bulkhead fittings included\u003c\/strong\u003e — plumb in Red Sea's own pumps or aftermarket equipment without sourcing adapters first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicron filter socks supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical filtration is ready from day one, even before you've chosen a skimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the drilled display aquarium, the built-in overflow with weir comb, the REEF-SPEC sump (mechanical filtration compartment, skimmer chamber, bubble trap and RO reservoir space), the white cabinet, plumbing with metric and USA bulkhead connectors, and starter micron filter socks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and auto top-off (ATO) system, and a heater. Red Sea sells all of these separately so you can size and budget them to your own reef rather than pay for a fixed equipment set — see Goes well with, below. If you want the equipment bundled in from the factory, look for a Reefer MAX system instead; this listing is the standard Reefer G2+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm ultra-clear, rimless, bevelled edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec plywood, white, adjustable feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump \/ skimmer \/ lighting \/ ATO\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — see What's included, below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Reefer G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three sizes share the same REEF-SPEC sump layout and the same choose-your-own-equipment approach — the difference is footprint and water volume. The 300 is the smallest of the three and the only one under 90 cm wide, which matters if floor space is tight. The 350 runs longer and shallower for a wider viewing panel at a similar total volume. The 425 is the largest, with the deepest sump and the most sump-side flexibility for dosing and reactor gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 57.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e273 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e342 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefer G2+425\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e343 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e433 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm front\/bottom, 15 mm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display footprint is 90 × 57.5 cm, with a total system height of 142 cm including the cabinet — allow extra clearance above for a light mounting arm and for lifting the sump lid during maintenance. At 300 L total system volume, the water alone weighs around 300 kg; the glass, sump, cabinet, substrate and rock add further weight on top of that. Red Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight for this model, so on an upper floor or a non-slab foundation, check the point load with a builder or structural engineer before installing rather than assuming a domestic floor will take it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a reefer who wants to choose their own return pump, skimmer and lighting rather than take a fixed factory set, or who already owns compatible equipment from a previous tank. Suitable as a first serious reef system, since the sump does the work of separating filtration, dosing and skimming from the display. Not suitable if you want to plug in and go without buying more gear — budget for a return pump, skimmer, light and ATO alongside this listing, not after it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA DC return pump sized to the sump's plumbing — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-g2-4000-dc-pump-w-o-reefbeat-controller\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun G2 4000 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e suits typical flow for a system this size. A protein skimmer built for this sump — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-300-psk600\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Skimmer 300 PSK600\u003c\/a\u003e. Lighting such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90\u003c\/a\u003e, mounted on an arm over the display. And the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eRed Sea ReefATO System\u003c\/a\u003e to automate top-offs instead of topping up by hand every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects — 3 years as standard, extendable to 5 years at no extra cost by registering the system with Red Sea after purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, heavy item: expect palletised freight with a delivery dock or ground-floor drop-off, and check access for a two-person lift before it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Reefer G2+300 come with a return pump, skimmer or light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the aquarium, overflow, sump, cabinet and plumbing only. Return pump, protein skimmer, lighting and ATO are sold separately, so you can choose the exact equipment and budget for your reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and a Reefer MAX?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Reefer MAX ships with the pump, skimmer, lighting and ATO already fitted and plumbed in from the factory. This standard Reefer G2+ gives you the tank, sump and cabinet, and leaves the equipment choice to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill a 300 L system need engineering advice for my floor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf it's going anywhere other than a ground-floor slab, yes — check with a builder or structural engineer. The water alone weighs around 300 kg, and Red Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight for this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size return pump and skimmer should I buy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize both to the sump's flow rating and your intended stocking level rather than to the tank's total volume alone — see Goes well with, above, for a starting point matched to this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use non-Red Sea equipment in the sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The sump's chambers and bulkhead fittings are sized to industry-standard connections in both metric and USA sizes, so aftermarket pumps, skimmers and dosing gear generally fit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774160195875,"sku":"RED753","price":4282.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefer_xl_300_white_web_1_3.png?v=1782111114"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-3xl900-black-200-x-65-x-65cm","title":"Red Sea Reefer 3XL900 Black 200 x 65 x 65cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 900-litre reef platform that ships as tank, cabinet and sump only — you add the equipment.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reefer 3XL900 is a 200 × 65 × 65 cm rimless display in 19 mm ultra-clear glass, built around Red Sea's regulated silent overflow and matched with a full marine sump and a reinforced black cabinet. It's the display and plumbing platform a large reef or FOWLR system gets built on — not a complete kit, so plan your return pump, skimmer, heater and lighting budget alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e720 L display volume, around 900 L total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — the extension sump adds roughly 60 L connected, or 83 L as a standalone reservoir, giving real working water volume beyond the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm ultra-clear rimless glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — full front-to-back visual clarity with no top rim to work around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent, safety-regulated overflow\u003c\/strong\u003e — concealed dual side-facing return plumbing and a regulated down-flow drain, engineered to run quietly at this scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size marine sump\u003c\/strong\u003e — dedicated skimmer, pump and extension\/refugium chambers, sized for the equipment a 900 L reef actually needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off included as standard\u003c\/strong\u003e on this G2+ generation Reefer — level and salinity stability from day one, without buying it as a separate upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced black cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for the loads a filled 900 L system puts on a cabinet, not a converted furniture piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 × 65 × 65 cm display tank in 19 mm rimless ultra-clear glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull marine sump with skimmer, pump and extension\/refugium chambers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealed overflow and return plumbing, factory-fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced black cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off system, standard on this G2+ generation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a Reefer, not a MAX — it's sold as a display, sump and cabinet platform. The following are not in the box, and need to be budgeted for separately:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive rock, sand and aquascaping materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome Reefer sizes are also offered by Red Sea in a \"Deluxe\" configuration bundled with ReefLED lighting — ask us before ordering if you'd like us to check whether a Deluxe option exists for the 3XL900.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 65 × 65 cm (display tank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay \/ net volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSump volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 L connected, or 83 L as a standalone reservoir\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm ultra-clear, bevelled edge, rimless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto top-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefATO+, standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSump layout and plumbing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChamber \/ line\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkimmer chamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 45 × 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump chamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 33 × 28 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ refugium chamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 51 × 42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSump operating water height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 21–27 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 inch \/ 25 mm, dual side-facing outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain drain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmergency drain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese chamber and plumbing figures come from Red Sea's retail partner listings rather than a figure printed on Red Sea's own spec page — if a plumbing measurement is critical to your install, confirm it against your written quote before you commit to pipework.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWeight and floor loading\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish an empty or filled weight for the 3XL900. What we can tell you: at roughly 900 L total system volume, the water alone weighs in the order of 900 kg, before the glass, sump contents, cabinet, rock and sand are added. A filled 3XL900 is well over a tonne resting on the floor beneath it. Have a structural engineer or your builder confirm the floor and its supporting joists are rated for a sustained point load of this size before installing — this matters most on a timber suspended floor, and matters far less on a concrete slab.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Reefer size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3XL900 sits at the top of Red Sea's Reefer range by footprint and volume. If 200 cm is more tank than your space allows, Red Sea's smaller Reefer and Reefer XL sizes use the same overall design language — sump platform, regulated overflow and the option to add ReefATO+ — at a smaller footprint and lower total volume. Ask us for a size comparison if you're deciding between the 3XL900 and a smaller Reefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e established reef keepers building a large mixed or SPS-capable system, and anyone wanting Red Sea's regulated overflow and sump platform at 900 L scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone wanting a plug-and-play complete system straight out of the box — you'll need to select and fit a return pump, skimmer, heater and lighting before this tank can be stocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is an oversized, heavy item — delivery is a special-order freight item and typically needs two-person or dock delivery. We'll confirm freight and site access requirements with you before dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the 3XL900 include a return pump or skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It ships as tank, sump, plumbing and cabinet, with ReefATO+ auto top-off standard. Return pump, skimmer, heater and lighting are all separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between a Reefer and a MAX system?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA MAX is Red Sea's complete system — it bundles filtration and lighting equipment in the box. A Reefer, including this 3XL900, is the display-and-plumbing platform on its own, so you choose your own equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill my floor take the weight?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt around 900 L total system volume, the water alone is in the order of 900 kg before cabinet, glass, rock and sand are added — get your floor checked by a professional before installing, especially on an upper floor or a timber frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with lighting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot in this configuration. Ask us before ordering if you'd like us to check whether a Deluxe, lighting-bundled configuration is available for this size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774160228643,"sku":"RED754","price":11536.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED754.jpg?v=1772078836"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-g2-900-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer G2+900 Complete System White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 900-litre reef shell built for a serious display.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER 900 G2+ Complete System pairs a 720-litre rimless display aquarium with a 180-litre in-cabinet sump and a white marine-spec cabinet, built around Red Sea's drilled overflow and pre-glued plumbing. It's the largest platform in the G2+ range, sized for a large mixed-reef or SPS-dominant display. It does not include lighting, a return pump or a protein skimmer — those are chosen separately, to your budget and your coral.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e720 L rimless display aquarium in ultra-clear glass, 200 × 65 × 65 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e180 L in-cabinet sump with mechanical filtration compartment, adjustable skimmer chamber and bubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec cabinet with stainless steel hinges and levelling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilent drilled overflow box with surface skimmer and removable weir comb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-glued plumbing with bulkhead connectors in both metric and imperial sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off system, with built-in leak and temperature sensors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCirculation pumps or wavemakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive rock, sand, substrate or salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't take \"complete system\" to mean reef-ready on day one — it means the tank, sump and cabinet are complete, not the equipment. Red Sea's fully-equipped alternative, the REEFER MAX 900 G2+, bundles lighting, a DC return pump, a protein skimmer and circulation pumps into the same tank and sump; this listing does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay tank volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system water volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 65 × 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e153 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass (front, side and base)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm ultra-clear throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich REEFER G2+ do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three large-format G2+ systems share a similar cabinet build, so the decision comes down to floor length and how much display footprint the room can take.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay size (L × W × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 625 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e497 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm front\/side, 15 mm base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 750 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 65 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 900 G2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 65 × 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFloor loading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater alone in a full 900 accounts for roughly 900 kg, before the glass, cabinet, sump, rock and substrate are added. Red Sea does not publish a total filled weight for this model. A filled 900 comfortably exceeds a tonne on a domestic floor once rock and substrate are included, so have the floor structure checked — ideally by a builder or structural engineer — before installing, particularly upstairs or on a suspended timber floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting it up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 900 is plumbed and drilled at the factory, so assembly is largely mechanical: cabinet, aquarium, sump, then plumbing. You'll still need to choose and fit a return pump sized to your plumbing run and head height, a skimmer sized to the system's bioload, and lighting sized to the tank's 65 cm depth and 200 cm span. The sump's dimensions suit Red Sea's own REEFER-specific accessories, but skimmers, pumps and lights from other reef-reputable brands fit the same footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: experienced reef keepers building a large-format SPS, mixed or predominantly soft coral display, and anyone who wants to choose their own filtration and lighting rather than take a bundled set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for: a first marine tank, a room with limited floor loading, or anyone who wants everything running on day one — for that, the REEFER MAX 900 G2+ is the better starting point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sump's filtration compartment and skimmer chamber are designed for regular filter sock or media changes. The overflow's weir comb lifts out for cleaning. Check the ReefATO+ probe periodically for algae growth, which can cause false top-off readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefATO+ unit is mains-powered (240 V, AU plug) and includes a leak detector that cuts the top-off pump if it senses water outside the sump. Run it, and any pump or heater you add, through an RCD-protected circuit. Confirm floor loading before installing, and check doorway and hallway clearances allow a 200 cm aquarium through before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA DC return pump sized to your plumbing and head height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA protein skimmer rated to the system's full 900 L bioload, not just the display volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef lighting capable of covering a 65 cm-wide, 200 cm-long display at reef-relevant PAR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dosing routine once the tank is cycled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's standard manufacturer warranty applies in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Registering the system with Red Sea extends the warranty to 5 years in Australia. This is a large, heavy, glass item — freight is oversize and normally needs two people to receive and position. Confirm access and floor loading before delivery day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the REEFER 900 G2+ come with a return pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Complete System includes the aquarium, sump, cabinet, plumbing and ReefATO+ auto top-off. The return pump is chosen and purchased separately to suit your plumbing run and head height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the REEFER MAX 900 G2+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MAX version is fully equipped: it adds lighting, a DC return pump, a protein skimmer and circulation pumps to the same tank and sump. This Complete System is the shell only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill a skimmer fit in the sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the 180 L sump includes a dedicated, adjustable skimmer chamber sized for standard in-sump protein skimmers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the tank weigh once it's full?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a total filled weight, but the 900 L of system water alone is roughly 900 kg. Add the glass, cabinet, sump, rock and substrate on top, and check your floor loading before committing to a spot — this is one of the heaviest single-footprint loads in the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs lighting included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Complete System is sold without lighting, so you can size and budget it separately for the coral you're planning to keep.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774160294179,"sku":"RED755","price":12238.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/reefer_3xl_900_white-1200x1200_1_2.jpg?v=1782112732"},{"product_id":"red-sea-slide-out-control-panel-25","title":"Red Sea Slide Out Control Panel 25","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSomewhere proper to mount your dosers and probes, instead of loose in the cabinet.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Slide Out Control Panel 25 is a marine-grade plywood panel that slides out from inside a REEFER cabinet on soft-close runners, giving you one accessible, mountable surface for a doser, controller or probe holder rather than equipment sitting loose on the cabinet floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlides fully out on soft-close runners\u003c\/strong\u003e — pull it out to mount or service equipment, push it back in and it's out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 cm marine-grade plywood\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid enough to mount a doser or controller without flexing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits inside the existing cabinet footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — no drilling into the cabinet itself required for the panel mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum cabinet internal depth required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea REEFER cabinets, all sizes except REEFER NANO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the smaller of the two panel sizes Red Sea makes for the REEFER range. If you're fitting out a REEFER XL or larger cabinet and want the full-width version instead, we also stock the Slide Out Control Panel 60.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide-out panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft-close stainless steel runners and mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosers, controllers, probes or any equipment to mount on the panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe REEFER cabinet itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable as a retrofit or planned addition to any Red Sea REEFER cabinet except the REEFER NANO, which doesn't have the internal depth to take it. Not a universal fit for other brands' cabinets — the runner spacing and depth are built to Red Sea's own cabinet dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a flat, boxed accessory item — standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my REEFER XL cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will physically fit, but for an XL or larger cabinet the wider Slide Out Control Panel 60 makes better use of the available space — check our listing for that size before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with mounting hardware?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the panel ships with its runners and the hardware to fit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount a doser directly onto it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — that's what it's designed for. It doesn't come pre-drilled for a specific doser model, so you'll mount your own equipment to it directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit REEFER NANO cabinets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the REEFER NANO cabinet doesn't have the internal depth this panel needs. Check with us before ordering if you're not sure which cabinet you have.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161965347,"sku":"RED847","price":200.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-Slide-Out-25.png?v=1782108753"},{"product_id":"red-sea-slide-out-control-panel-60","title":"Red Sea Slide Out Control Panel 60","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep dosers, controllers and power supplies dry and within reach.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Slide-Out Control Panel 60 is a pull-out tray that mounts inside a Reefer-style cabinet, lifting electronics off the cabinet floor and giving full sliding access for servicing without unplugging everything first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 x 50 cm marine-spec panel\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2 cm laminated plywood, sized for full-width G2\/G2+ cabinets running several controllers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel soft-close sliders\u003c\/strong\u003e — quick-release for full tray removal, soft-close so equipment isn't jolted shut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts left or right\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 cm bracket clearance keeps the tray clear of the cabinet door hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps electronics off the cabinet floor\u003c\/strong\u003e — away from sump splashes and top-off drips, and easier to service than gear zip-tied to a shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 50 x 2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec laminated plywood, black; stainless steel slide hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum cabinet depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right cabinet wall, quick-release soft-close sliders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your cabinet's internal depth before ordering: the 60 cm panel needs at least 51 cm of clearance to slide fully open. Red Sea lists it as a compatible accessory for REEFER G2, G2+ and G2+ MAX cabinets and MAX NANO systems, and fits it as standard equipment on some larger systems. If your cabinet is narrower or shallower than this, the smaller 25 cm panel is the better fit — Red Sea's own compatibility chart is the reference if you're unsure which size your model takes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to cabinets with at least 51 cm of internal depth running more than one controller, doser or power supply that need organising and access. Not a fit for narrow or shallow cabinets, or nano systems better served by the 25 cm panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit any Reefer cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs at least 51 cm of internal cabinet depth. Some larger REEFER and MAX systems include it as standard; on others it's an optional accessory. Confirm your model's cabinet depth or check Red Sea's compatibility chart before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount it on either side of the cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the mounting brackets suit either the left or right cabinet wall, with clearance built in for the door hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a basket for bottles?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea sells a separate Utility Basket accessory for the 60 cm panel that holds supplements and dosing containers; it isn't included with the panel itself.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774161998115,"sku":"RED848","price":280.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-Slide-Out-60.jpg?v=1782108755"},{"product_id":"red-sea-wire-basket-kit-for-slide-out-control-panel-60","title":"Red Sea Wire Basket Kit for Slide Out Control Panel 60","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen wire storage that clips straight onto the Control Panel 60.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Wire Basket Kit is a wire-frame storage basket for the Slide-Out Control Panel 60, holding dosing and supplement bottles at the tank rather than loose on the cabinet floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen wire construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — an uncovered frame rather than a solid tub, so bottles are easy to see and grab mid-dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds a full dosing line-up\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for 7 x 500 mL Red Sea supplement bottles, or 5 x 1 L bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts to the Control Panel 60\u003c\/strong\u003e — clips onto the slide-out panel and moves with it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched fit to the Control Panel 60 it's built for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Slide-Out Control Panel 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 x 500 mL bottles, or 5 x 1 L bottles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED849\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike all Control Panel 60 accessories, this kit needs the Control Panel 60 already fitted or on order — it clips to the panel, not to the cabinet itself. The Control Panel 60 needs a minimum cabinet depth of 51 cm and mounts on either side of the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is the wire basket kit only. The Slide-Out Control Panel 60 and the supplement bottles it carries are both sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to anyone running a Control Panel 60 who wants an open, at-a-glance view of their dosing bottles rather than a closed tub. Not useful without the Control Panel 60 already installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs with the Red Sea Slide-Out Control Panel 60 and Red Sea's 500 mL and 1 L supplement bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Small, light accessory — standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is this different from the Red Sea Utility Basket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are storage add-ons for the Control Panel 60 with the same bottle capacity — this one is the open wire-frame version. If you're not sure which style your setup needs, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with the Control Panel 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the panel is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit any cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Control Panel 60, not the cabinet directly — what matters is whether your cabinet has, or can fit, that panel (minimum 51 cm depth).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774162030883,"sku":"RED849","price":50.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-Utility-Basket.png?v=1782108757"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-850-g3-black","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-850 G3 Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea's quietest Reefer plumbing yet, in an 850 L rimless shell.\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER-S 850 G3 in black is the third-generation version of Red Sea's large-format REEFER-S platform: the same 850 L display, cabinet and sump layout as the G2+ generation, rebuilt around a redesigned flow system that Red Sea states delivers up to 50% more circulation at lower noise and lower power draw. Like the G2+, this is the base tier — lighting, return pump and skimmer are bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e850 L total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — 680 L display over a 170 L sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRedesigned G3 plumbing\u003c\/strong\u003e — fewer 90-degree bends and a curved return outlet, which Red Sea states improves circulation and lowers running noise compared with the previous generation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate flow valve\u003c\/strong\u003e — precise control over the drain rate, aimed at near-silent overflow operation at a stable water level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable surface skimmer on the overflow box\u003c\/strong\u003e — built into the central overflow for easier maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm ultra-clear, rimless glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — Euro-braced and bottom-braced for structural rigidity without a full top rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off included\u003c\/strong\u003e — top-off, temperature monitoring and leak detection, standard across the G3 range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready sump chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — built to take Red Sea's automatic filter roller if you add one later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEFER-S 850 G3 aquarium with integrated central overflow box and removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine-spec cabinet in black, aluminium-framed with plywood panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass sump with pre-glued plumbing, split main and multipurpose extension chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 32 mm dual return-pump outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 225-micron filter bags and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off with temperature sensor and leak detector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide-out control panel and ReefGate flow valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump — \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sw-return-water-pumps\"\u003esized and bought separately\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer — \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sw-protein-skimmers\"\u003ethis is the base tier, not the MAX\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting — no fixture or mounting arms fitted; see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/aquarium-lighting\"\u003eaquarium lighting range\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater and any temperature controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChiller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing pump system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat automatic filter roller (though the sump chamber is built to take one)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRO\/DI unit and saltwater mix — the tank ships dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive rock, sand, aquascape and livestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"G3\" and \"REEFER-S 850\" describe the tank, cabinet, sump and plumbing only. If a listing elsewhere says \"MAX\", that's a different, fully-equipped product at a different price point — this one is the base platform for you to equip yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 x 68 x 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height (with cabinet)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e153 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e680 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness (front, side, bottom)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-clear, rimless, Euro-braced and bottom-braced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium-framed with marine-spec plywood panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn outlets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 32 mm dual return-pump outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto top-off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefATO+ (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGeneration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea hasn't published an empty or filled weight for this model. Water alone runs to roughly 850 kg at full volume before cabinet, glass, rock and sand are added — have the floor checked before it goes anywhere other than a slab or reinforced ground floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneration differences — G2+ to G3\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe move to G3 is a plumbing and flow redesign rather than a change in tank size or glass spec. Red Sea's own material for G3 states a redesigned flow system delivering up to 50% more water circulation at lower energy consumption, plumbing with fewer sharp 90-degree bends to cut turbulence and noise, a new ReefGate valve for precise drain control, curved return outlets for better distribution, and an enlarged downflow inlet to reduce turbulence. ReefATO+ auto top-off was standard from the G2+ revision onward and continues unchanged in role on G3. We haven't been able to confirm whether G2+ and G3 sump and plumbing spares are interchangeable — check with us before ordering a spare part across generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to a reefer who wants Red Sea's quietest, highest-flow Reefer plumbing to date and is choosing their own return pump, skimmer and lighting. Not the right choice if you want equipment fitted out of the box — for that, ask us whether a MAX configuration of this model is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe removable surface skimmer on the overflow box is designed for easier routine cleaning than a fixed weir. Filter bags in the sump need regular changing unless a ReefMat roller is added; the ReefATO+ sensor and reservoir need periodic checks and top-ups with RO\/DI water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefATO+ and any equipment you add are mains-powered — run everything through an RCD-protected circuit with drip loops on cables entering the cabinet. Check the ReefGate valve setting after any plumbing work; an incorrectly set valve affects both noise and overflow water level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty — 3 years standard, extendable to 5 years at no extra cost by registering the tank with Red Sea online — in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is an oversized, heavy item; expect a two-person delivery and confirm doorway and stair clearance before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include a return pump, skimmer or lights?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this base configuration includes the tank, cabinet, sump, plumbing and ReefATO+ auto top-off only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat actually changed from the G2+ version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMainly the plumbing and flow design: Red Sea states up to 50% more circulation, a new ReefGate valve for quieter drain control, curved return outlets and a redesigned downflow inlet. Tank size, glass thickness and the ReefATO+ auto top-off are unchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the sump ready for a ReefMat filter roller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the sump chamber is built to take one, though the roller itself is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does it weigh filled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea hasn't published a filled weight for this model. Water alone is roughly 850 kg at full volume — get the floor checked before siting it anywhere other than a slab or reinforced ground floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill G2+ spare parts fit this tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can't confirm that either way — Red Sea maintains generation-specific spare parts listings, and we haven't found a source confirming shared parts between G2+ and G3. Check with us before ordering a spare part for this tank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163898659,"sku":"RED2022","price":9530.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red-Sea-REEFER-G3-Aquarium-System-S-850-Black-Inside.jpg?v=1782112735"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-tropic-betta-desktop-aquarium-10ltr","title":"Bioscape Tropic Betta Desktop Aquarium 10ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete 10 L betta setup, minus the substrate and decor.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Tropic Betta Desktop Aquarium is a 24.5 × 20.5 × 23.5 cm all-in-one glass tank built for a single betta or a small nano community on a desk or shelf, with a heater, LED light and filtration already fitted — you add water, substrate and the decor you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 L glass tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for one betta or a small nano species group, not a community tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated heater\u003c\/strong\u003e — fitted inside the unit, so there's no separate heater to buy or mount for a standard betta setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — built into the hood, no separate light fitting required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on a replaceable filter cartridge housed in the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e — fitted lid to cut evaporation and help keep a jumping betta in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ What you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape markets this as a complete kit, so under Australian Consumer Law we're explicit about what that covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 L glass tank body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand or cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated heater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubstrate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecor and hides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in filter with cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater conditioner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \"not included\" column reflects what Bioscape's own published contents list leaves out, not a guess — check it against your box contents before you unpack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.5 × 20.5 × 23.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass, with glass lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in, replaceable cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated, nano-sized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape hasn't published the heater wattage, LED wattage, glass thickness or operating voltage for this model on its Australian retailer spec sheets — we've left those out rather than guess. Ask us to check with Bioscape directly if you need them for an electrical or insurance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 24.5 × 20.5 × 23.5 cm this suits a desk, shelf or benchtop rather than a floor stand. For more swimming room or a small planted nano community rather than a single betta, the Bioscape Tropic Clearview Desktop Aquarium Unit steps up to 20.4 L in a similar style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a single betta, or a small nano community such as shrimp alongside a betta. Not suitable as a quarantine or hospital tank needing its own uncontaminated heater and filter, and too small for anything beyond nano stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReplace the filter cartridge on the manufacturer's recommended interval and rinse the impeller housing if flow drops. Wipe the LED hood dry before use — it isn't designed to be submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a mains-powered heater and light in one sealed desktop unit. Keep the power cable's drip loop below the socket, and never run the heater with the tank empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA nano-safe water conditioner, a small bag of appropriately sized substrate, and soft decor without sharp edges — bettas are prone to fin damage on rough ornaments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Bioscape's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with a stand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the kit is the glass tank, integrated heater, light and filter only. You'll need your own stand, shelf or benchtop able to hold the filled tank's weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep more than one betta in this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — bettas are territorial and a 10 L tank has no room to separate rival males. Keep one betta per tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need a separate heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the heater is built into the unit. You don't need a second heater for a standard betta setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat temperature should I run it at?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBettas are tropical fish and do best around 24–28°C — check the tank regularly with your own thermometer, since one isn't included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774333407523,"sku":"AC16","price":159.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/AC16_4_952e280d-b6fa-4c6e-8f13-a066c592733e.jpg?v=1782868894"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-tropic-clearview-desktop-aquarium-unit-204ltr","title":"Bioscape Tropic Clearview Desktop Aquarium Unit - 20.4ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete 20.4L desktop aquarium, filter and light included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Tropic Clearview is an all-in-one nano tank at 360 × 238 × 238 mm, with a built-in power filter and an 18-LED overhead light unit already fitted — the light, the filter and a removable glass lid are part of the unit, not separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360 × 238 × 238 mm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for a desk or shelf, at a rated 20.4 L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in power filter\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated to 200 L\/h, running the included AC18A multi-stage cartridge for mechanical, biological and chemical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 x LED overhead light, 3.5 W\u003c\/strong\u003e — fitted into the hood, no separate light fixture to buy or mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable glass lid\u003c\/strong\u003e — lifts off for feeding and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpare filter cartridge included\u003c\/strong\u003e — one AC18A refill ships in the box alongside the one fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 x 238 x 238 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.4 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in filter flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC18A (one fitted, one spare included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x LED, 3.5 W, overhead-mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, nano\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the box: the aquarium, the built-in filter with its pump, one fitted AC18A cartridge plus one spare, the 18-LED 3.5 W overhead light, the glass lid and a power cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot included: a heater, a stand or cabinet, substrate, decor and livestock. Bioscape doesn't sell this as a heated setup — for tropical fish you'll need to add a separately-sold heater sized for 20 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 360 mm long, this sits comfortably on a standard desk or a bookshelf with roughly 250 mm of depth to spare behind the glass for the filter compartment and cabling. Confirm bench depth and lid clearance before ordering if it's going into a fitted shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a nano freshwater community — small tetras, rasboras, shrimp or a single betta — or a lightly planted nano scape under the included LED. Not suitable as a marine or reef setup as supplied, and not a heated tropical setup without adding a heater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse and replace the AC18A cartridge as it loads up with debris; a spare ships in the box so the first change doesn't need an extra order. The removable lid makes feeding and light maintenance straightforward without lifting the whole hood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Bioscape's manufacturer warranty in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Runs from a standard Australian household power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This unit ships with its filter and light built in, but no heater — add one separately if you're keeping tropical species.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a stand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo stand or cabinet is included; the aquarium is designed to sit on an existing desk, shelf or bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the included filter run on?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in power filter is rated to 200 L\/h through the supplied AC18A multi-stage cartridge, which covers mechanical, biological and chemical filtration in one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs a spare filter cartridge included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — one AC18A cartridge is fitted and a second ships as a spare, so the first replacement is already covered.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774333473059,"sku":"AC18","price":183.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/AC18_a555e2a6-e3d1-4b01-ab05-788f0e46468f.jpg?v=1782868893"},{"product_id":"bioscape-ultra-clear-aquarium","title":"Bioscape Ultra Clear Aquarium","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron glass with none of the green tint of a standard tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Ultra Clear Aquarium is a rimless, hand-crafted glass tank built from low-iron \"ultra clear\" glass, sold in five sizes from a 110 L nano-to-mid tank through to a 400 L showpiece, and made for aquascapes and displays where true colour matters more than in a standard green-tinted tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — strips out the green cast ordinary float glass shows on thick panes, so plant colours and fish patterns read true.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — polished top edges and no plastic frame, for an unbroken view into the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes, one design language\u003c\/strong\u003e — 110 L through to 400 L, so the same clean look scales from a desktop aquascape to a feature tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-crafted glasswork\u003c\/strong\u003e — panes and silicone joints are hand-assembled rather than machine-run, which is standard practice for rimless tanks at this size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is glass only. It ships as an open-top aquarium with no lid, no filter, no light, no heater and no stand or cabinet. You'll need to source a filter, heater and lighting sized to your chosen volume, and a stand rated for the tank's filled weight, separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal size (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmpty weight (glass)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. filled weight*\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 × 41 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 L nominal (approx. 112.5 L to the rim)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~23.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~136 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 × 36 × 40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 L nominal (approx. 116.6 L to the rim)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~24.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~141 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e101 × 41 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 L nominal (approx. 186.3 L to the rim)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~42.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~229 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e121 × 51 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L nominal (approx. 308.6 L to the rim)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~58.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~367 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e151 × 51 × 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 L nominal (approx. 423.6 L to the rim)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~112.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~536 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*Approximate filled weight is glass weight plus water only (1 L ≈ 1 kg) — it excludes substrate, hardscape and equipment, all of which add further load. Treat it as a minimum, not a maximum.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't publish internal dimensions for this range. As a rough guide, internal clearance runs a little under the external length and width shown above — reduced by roughly twice the glass thickness on each — with the true figure varying slightly by how the panels are joined. Measure your own unit before ordering equipment that needs a tight fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rimless tank needs a stand with a level, rigid top rated for the filled weight above — not just the empty tank. The footprint of the stand should be equal to or larger than the tank's base, and the surface needs to be dead level in both directions; even a few millimetres of lean concentrates pressure on one edge of a rimless pane. Bioscape recommends setting the tank on a foam levelling mat between the glass and the stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquascapes and display tanks. Not sold as a complete or plug-and-play system — it's a bare tank, and every other component of the setup is bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStructural note for the larger sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFilled, the 180 L, 300 L and 400 L tanks weigh in the order of 230 kg to well over half a tonne once substrate, rock and equipment are added. That's a genuine floor-loading question on a timber suspended floor or an upper storey, not just a furniture one. If you're setting up a 300 L or 400 L tank anywhere other than a concrete slab on ground, check the floor's rated load with a builder before you fill it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLow-iron glass is cared for the same way as standard aquarium glass — an algae scraper safe for glass (not acrylic-only tools), and standard aquarium-safe glass cleaner on the outside. Avoid abrasive pads on the polished rimless edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Bioscape's manufacturer warranty against defects in the glass and silicone work, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. The 300 L and 400 L tanks are heavy enough that standard parcel delivery won't apply — contact us to confirm delivery options for your address before ordering one of the larger sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with a filter, light or heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a glass-only tank — lid, filter, light, heater and stand are all bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a special stand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — a rimless tank needs a perfectly level, rigid stand rated for the filled weight, with a footprint at least as large as the tank's base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the nominal litres and the volume you've listed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nominal number (110, 120, 180, 300, 400) is the model name Bioscape sells it under. The \"to the rim\" figure is the tank's actual glass displacement — always a little higher, and it's the number to use for stocking and dosing calculations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs low-iron glass worth it over a standard tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf colour accuracy matters to you — a planted aquascape or a reef where you're judging coral colour — yes, it's a visible difference at this glass thickness. For a fish-only tank where colour rendering matters less, a standard tank will do the same job for less.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this for saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the tank itself is glass and silicone and is fine for either freshwater or marine use — your equipment and stocking choices are what determine suitability, not the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"110L (61x41x45cm, 8mm)","offer_id":54774333538595,"sku":"ARI01","price":437.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"120L (81x36x40cm, 8mm)","offer_id":55335440580899,"sku":"ARI02","price":467.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"180L (101x41x45cm, 10mm)","offer_id":55335440613667,"sku":"ARI03","price":800.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"300L (121x51x50cm, 10mm)","offer_id":55335440646435,"sku":"ARI04","price":1124.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"400L (151x51x55cm, 15mm)","offer_id":55335440679203,"sku":"ARI05","price":2195.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ARI01_4.png?v=1782868894"},{"product_id":"bioscape-frag-aquarium","title":"Bioscape Frag Aquarium","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA shallow glass tank built to grow coral frags at even light and even depth.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Frag Aquarium is a low-iron, ultra-clear glass tank with an open, rimless top, made for dedicated frag-growing and coral propagation setups rather than as a display community tank. It comes in two footprints — 180 x 60 x 30cm and 240 x 90 x 30cm, both in 15mm glass — and ships as a bare glass tank only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron, ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — minimises the green tint ordinary glass shows at these panel sizes, for true coral colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen, rimless top\u003c\/strong\u003e — unobstructed access for frag racks, tongs and full-width lighting, with no bracing across the water's surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15mm glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — on both sizes, rated for the shallow-but-wide format rather than a tall display tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShallow, even depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30cm deep on both sizes, so every frag on the rack sits at close to the same depth and receives close to the same PAR from an overhead light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide floor area\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 240 x 90cm roughly doubles the usable floor area of the 180 x 60cm for the same 30cm depth, for close to double the frag rack capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e180 x 60 x 30cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e240 x 90 x 30cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARI06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARI08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 x 60 x 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 x 90 x 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-iron, ultra-clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-iron, ultra-clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen, rimless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen, rimless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. gross glass volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~324 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~648 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe volume figures above are a straight length × width × height calculation from the external dimensions — Bioscape doesn't publish a rated water capacity for this tank. Actual water volume will be somewhat less once glass thickness and a sensible freeboard below the rim are accounted for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes share the same 30cm depth and even-PAR reasoning — the choice is really about frag rack real estate and floor space. The 240 x 90cm gives roughly double the floor area of the 180 x 60cm, so it suits a shop or a grow-out system running through frags faster; the 180 x 60cm suits a hobbyist frag system alongside an existing display tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the glass tank itself, in the dimensions and glass thickness listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e lid, stand or cabinet, lighting, filter, return pump, sump, heater. This is a bare tank — you'll need to source a stand rated for the filled weight, plus your own lighting and filtration, separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine and reef frag propagation, coral grow-out systems, and shops or hobbyists running frag racks under dedicated lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e use as a freshwater community display — this tank is built and sold for marine\/reef use — or as a display tank for fish that need swimming depth, given the shallow 30cm height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor loading.\u003c\/strong\u003e Water alone weighs roughly 1kg per litre, so the 180 x 60 x 30cm holds around 324kg of water and the 240 x 90 x 30cm around 648kg, before adding the weight of the glass itself, substrate, rock or a stand. Bioscape doesn't publish an empty tank weight for this model, so treat those water-only figures as a floor — not a ceiling — on the filled weight, and check the load rating of your stand and floor structure before siting either size, particularly upstairs or on a suspended floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects on arrival, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Glass tanks at this size ship oversize and are freight-quoted individually — contact us for a delivery quote before ordering, and expect two-person delivery to be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with a stand, light or filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It's a bare glass tank only — see the inclusion list above for exactly what ships and what you'll need to source separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the glass reef-safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's low-iron, ultra-clear glass, which is the standard choice for reef display and frag tanks because it doesn't tint coral colour the way ordinary float glass does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does it weigh filled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the floor loading note above — water alone is around 324kg (180 x 60 x 30cm) or 648kg (240 x 90 x 30cm), before the tank, substrate and rock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it have drilled holes for a sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't specify drilled or undrilled as standard for this model — contact us to confirm before you plan your plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the two sizes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are 30cm deep in 15mm glass; the 240 x 90cm has roughly double the floor area of the 180 x 60cm for more frag rack space at the same depth.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"180 x 60 x 30cm 15mm","offer_id":54774333702435,"sku":"ARI06","price":2070.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"240 x 90 x 30cm 15mm","offer_id":55335440711971,"sku":"ARI08","price":3348.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ARI06_a1460652-e912-483e-b765-459189ece38c.jpg?v=1782868896"},{"product_id":"bioscape-nano-moss-terrarium-rounded","title":"Bioscape Nano Moss Terrarium Rounded","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA rounded glass terrarium with its own grow light, built for moss and miniature plants.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Nano Moss Terrarium Rounded pairs a rounded glass base with an integrated LED grow light, sold in two sizes — 175 and 200 — for closed, humidity-holding moss and fern displays on a desk or shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated grow light\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 6500K LED fixture in an anodised aluminium housing sits on top of the rounded glass base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e — vents in the light assembly open or close to manage humidity without lifting the whole lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded glass base\u003c\/strong\u003e — a softer silhouette than the Cylinder model, with a wider footprint at the base for planting layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 175 suits a compact desk spot; the 200 gives more room for a fuller moss and fern layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 W, 6500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer for this size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by the manufacturer for this size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W, 6500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes run on 240 V AC, 50 Hz with an Australian plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 175 is the compact option, with a 3.5 L base and a 3 W light — enough for a modest moss cushion or a single fern. The 200 steps up to a 5 L base and a 5 W light, giving noticeably more room before a planting needs trimming back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the rounded glass terrarium base and the integrated LED grow light with adjustable ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e moss, ferns, plants, substrate or hardscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for moss, ferns and miniature tropical plants in a closed terrarium display. Not designed as an aquarium and not sold or plumbed to hold fish, shrimp or other aquatic livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMist lightly and rarely — a closed terrarium recycles its own moisture, and overwatering is the most common way a moss terrarium fails. Open the vents for a few hours if condensation builds up heavily on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the Rounded and the Cylinder terrarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth use the same integrated LED and adjustable ventilation. The Rounded has a wider, softer base shape; the Cylinder is a straight-sided glass tube. Pick whichever silhouette suits the spot you're putting it in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to add water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly an occasional light misting — the closed design holds humidity well between mistings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep shrimp or fish in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's a terrarium for moss and plants, not an aquarium, and isn't set up to hold aquatic livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the external size of the 200 published anywhere?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape hasn't published external height and diameter figures for the 200 Rounded at the time of writing — only its 5 L internal volume and 5 W light rating are confirmed. Get in touch if exact external dimensions matter for where you're placing it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"175 3w","offer_id":54774333833507,"sku":"ARI12","price":170.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"200 5w","offer_id":55335440777507,"sku":"ARI13","price":216.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ARI12_56d1aaa1-8ff1-41f0-aafe-7949588e5185.jpg?v=1782868896"},{"product_id":"bioscape-nano-moss-terrarium-cylinder","title":"Bioscape Nano Moss Terrarium Cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA little glass world with its own grow light, sized for a desk or shelf.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Nano Moss Terrarium Cylinder is a crystal-clear glass cylinder terrarium with a built-in LED grow light, sold in two sizes — the 150 and the 200 — for growing moss, ferns and miniature tropical plants in a closed, humidity-holding display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated grow light\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 6500K LED fixture sits in an anodised aluminium housing on top of the cylinder, wired with a 1.5 m cable so it plugs straight into a nearby power point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lid vents open to let humidity escape or close to hold it in, so you can dial in the right conditions for moss and ferns without opening the terrarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal-clear glass cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single curved cylinder rather than a boxy tank, so the planting inside is visible from every angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes, one shape\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 150 suits a bedside table or narrow shelf; the 200 gives noticeably more growing depth for a larger moss or fern display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W, 6500K, approx. 130 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5 cm (10 cm top opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W, 6500K, approx. 130 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes run on 240 V AC, 50 Hz with an Australian plug, and the LED fixture is built from anodised aluminium with a 1.5 m power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 150 is the better fit on a desk, bedside table or narrow shelf where footprint matters more than growing depth. The 200 stands almost 9 cm taller and holds close to a litre more volume, which gives moss, ferns and taller miniature plants noticeably more room to establish before they need trimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the glass cylinder, the integrated LED grow light with adjustable ventilation lid, and the power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e moss, ferns, plants, substrate or hardscape — these are sold separately so you can build the display to your own design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for moss, ferns, miniature tropical plants and closed-terrarium displays kept on a desk, shelf or bench. Not designed as an aquarium — it isn't sold or plumbed to hold fish, shrimp or other aquatic livestock long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMist lightly and rarely. A closed terrarium recycles its own moisture through the glass and the vented lid, and overwatering — not underwatering — is the most common way a moss terrarium fails. Open the vents for a few hours if you see heavy condensation building up on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to add water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly a light misting now and then. The closed design holds humidity well, so the terrarium doesn't need topping up like an open planter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep shrimp or fish in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is a terrarium for moss and plants, not an aquarium, and it isn't set up to hold aquatic livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the light run all the time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can leave it on a timer for a normal 8–10 hour photoperiod, the same as you would for any planted display; running cost is low given the light draws only 5 W or 10 W depending on size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size fits a narrow shelf best?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 150, at 15 cm across, is the narrower footprint of the two — the 200 needs closer to 22.5 cm of bench width.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"150 5w","offer_id":54774333931811,"sku":"ARI14","price":214.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 10w","offer_id":55335440810275,"sku":"ARI15","price":383.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ARI14_9d1a32e5-46a7-4a5a-9d8c-2872b2e93b25.jpg?v=1782868897"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-cloud-terrarium-tall-largecover-30-x-30-x-45cm","title":"Bioscape Cloud Terrarium Tall Large+Cover 30 x 30 x 45cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA tall glass enclosure built for height, not width.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Cloud Terrarium Tall Large is a 30 x 30 x 45 cm ultra-clear glass tank on a raised base, holding approximately 40.5 litres and supplied with a glass cover — sized for layered paludarium builds, moss walls and planted aquascapes that need vertical room to grow into.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40.5 L in a tall footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30 x 30 cm base rising to 45 cm, giving height for layered hardscape and climbing plants rather than floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 mm ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — low-iron glass keeps the view free of the green tint standard float glass shows on a tall panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised base\u003c\/strong\u003e — lifts the tank slightly for a distinct display look and a defined waterline reference when part-filling for a paludarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass cover included\u003c\/strong\u003e — helps hold humidity for terrestrial and paludarium planting; it isn't sealed, so it won't hold a fully saturated tropical setup airtight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARI16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9327975042882\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30 x 45 cm (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm ultra-clear glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 40.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaised base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass cover included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't publish internal dimensions or empty\/filled weight for this model. The external footprint above is the figure to check against your stand or shelf; internal usable space will be a little under it once the glass thickness is allowed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the glass tank and a glass cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, filter, heater, substrate, hardscape, plants and stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a base enclosure, not a complete kit. Despite the finished look of the raised base, treat it as glass only and budget for lighting separately, plus filtration and heating if you're running it as a wet aquascape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Cloud Terrarium Tall do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tall range comes in two sizes. This is the larger of the two — pick it over the Tall Small where you want real height for a layered paludarium or a moss wall rather than a compact desktop piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCloud Terrarium Tall Small\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 x 20 x 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 14 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop and nano builds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCloud Terrarium Tall Large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 30 x 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 40.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger paludariums and moss walls needing height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planted aquascapes, paludarium builds, moss walls and terrestrial vivarium setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone wanting a ready-to-run kit — you'll need to add lighting, and filtration and heating if you're running it as a wet aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlass tank — support it on a flat, level, load-rated surface. Water alone in a 40.5 L tank adds roughly 40 kg once full; the glass, substrate and any hardscape add further weight on top of that, so check your stand or shelf is rated accordingly before filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the glass cover regularly if you're running a humid paludarium setup, since condensation can encourage an algae film on the underside over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law regardless of any additional manufacturer terms. As a glass item it ships boxed; check at checkout for any oversize handling on this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with a light, filter or heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It's supplied as the glass tank and a glass cover only — light, filter, heater, substrate and stand are all separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many litres does it hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40.5 litres, based on the 30 x 30 x 45 cm external dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it dry, as a terrestrial vivarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the raised base and glass cover suit a terrestrial or paludarium setup as well as a fully wet aquascape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the Tall Small?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCapacity and height. The Tall Small holds about 14 L in a 20 x 20 x 35 cm footprint; this Tall Large holds about 40.5 L in a 30 x 30 x 45 cm footprint, giving more room for a layered build.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774333997347,"sku":"ARI16","price":147.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ARI16_4.jpg?v=1782868897"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-cloud-terrarium-wide-30-x-18-x-15cm","title":"Bioscape Cloud Terrarium Wide 30 x 18 x 15cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA low, wide glass box built for a moss carpet or a nano aquascape.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Cloud Terrarium Wide is a 30 x 18 x 15 cm glass enclosure with 5 mm glass and Bioscape's raised glass base, which lifts the tank off the shelf for the Cloud range's signature 'floating' look. It ships as bare glass only — no light, cover, substrate or livestock — so plan on adding those separately before it's ready to plant or fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 x 18 x 15 cm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — a landscape shape that suits carpeting moss and low aquascapes better than a taller box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 mm glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bioscape's stated glass gauge for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised glass base\u003c\/strong\u003e — a built-in plinth that lifts the tank and gives it the 'floating in the clouds' look the range is named for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-purpose build\u003c\/strong\u003e — works as a shallow freshwater aquascape or a dry to semi-moist terrarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen top\u003c\/strong\u003e — no cover is fitted, so a light or misting head sits directly over the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBioscape Cloud Terrarium Wide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 18 x 15 cm (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Bioscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApproximate capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~8.1 L — Bioscape's own published figure (bioscape.com.au), calculated from external dimensions (L × W × H ÷ 1000); not a to-the-rim usable-volume measurement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2.5 kg — Bioscape's own published estimated glass weight (bioscape.com.au)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU \/ Barcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARI17 \/ 9327975042998\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Cloud Terrarium size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Wide is the smallest of four Bioscape Cloud Terrarium 'Wide' models we stock, all sharing the same low, landscape-format footprint and raised glass base:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal size (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCloud Terrarium Wide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 18 x 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~8.1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCloud Terrarium Wide Small\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 x 22 x 18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~11 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCloud Terrarium Wide Medium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 35 x 23 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Bioscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Bioscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCloud Terrarium Wide Large\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 30 x 40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — a matching glass cover is sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 30 x 18 x 15 cm, the Wide is the shallowest tank in the range — pick it for a desktop moss carpet or nano aquascape rather than a build that needs depth for driftwood or hardscape height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e carpeting moss, small terrestrial plantings, nano freshwater aquascapes, propagation boxes, and paludarium builds kept well below the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e housing livestock on its own — fish, shrimp and reptiles need filtration, heating and\/or ventilation this bare tank doesn't provide. Not designed to be filled completely with water; the low glass walls leave little margin before an overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the glass terrarium itself, on its raised glass base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighting, cover glass, substrate, plants, moss, filtration and any livestock. A light is essential for anything you grow in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the glass with an aquarium-safe cleaner or plain water — avoid household glass cleaners, which can leave a residue that's harmful to plants and any aquatic life. Clear algae with a soft pad rather than a razor scraper; at 5 mm the glass scratches more easily than a full-depth aquarium panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlass edges are unpolished on the inside seams — handle an empty tank by the base rather than the rim. The raised glass base is a design feature, not a step or shelf; don't stand anything heavy on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA nano LED light sized to a 30 cm footprint, since none is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBioscape aquasoil or a fine gravel substrate for planting depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA carpeting moss or starter aquascape plant pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing faults such as a cracked seam or a leaking base on arrival, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Glass items ship boxed and padded as a standard parcel — let the tank sit at room temperature after unboxing before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with a light or lid?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Cloud Terrarium Wide ships as bare glass on its raised base — no light, lid, substrate or plants are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep fish in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot on its own. It has no filtration, heating or reliable water-level margin. It's built as a display terrarium or shallow aquascape base, not a livestock system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the glass thick enough for a full water fill?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape rates the glass at 5 mm, but at this shallow 15 cm height it's intended to run well under the rim as an aquascape or terrarium rather than be filled to the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the Wide Small?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Wide Small (30 x 22 x 18 cm) is deeper front-to-back and taller, holding roughly 11 L against this model's ~8.1 L — useful if you want more room for hardscape height without changing the footprint much.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334030115,"sku":"ARI17","price":50.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ARI17-1-1024x1024.webp?v=1782305398"},{"product_id":"bioscape-moss-terrarium-square","title":"Bioscape Moss Terrarium Square","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA crystal-clear glass cube built for moss, not fish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Moss Terrarium Square is a 6 mm ultra-clear glass enclosure sold with its own plant-growth LED and adjustable ventilation lid, made for moss gardens, nano planted layouts and tropical micro-landscapes rather than full aquatic fishkeeping. It comes in two sizes — the 220 Square and the larger 270 Square.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 mm ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — crisp square lines with minimal green tint, viewable from all four sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow light included\u003c\/strong\u003e — both sizes ship with a 6500 K plant-growth LED built into the ventilated lid, not sold as a bare glass box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lid's vents open and close to raise or lower humidity for moss and tropical foliage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes, one look\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 220 Square and 270 Square share the same square-cube styling at different footprints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e220 Square\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e270 Square\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 × 22 × 41 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 × 27 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm ultra-clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm ultra-clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W LED, 6500 K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W LED, 6500 K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 6.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 9.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape does not publish internal dimensions or a rated litre capacity for either size — see Common questions below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the glass terrarium, and the fitted plant-growth LED light with adjustable ventilation lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot included: substrate, hardscape, moss or plants, a stand, a filter, or a heater. This is a display enclosure with lighting, not a filtered or heated aquatic system — add filtration and heating separately if you plan to keep fish or other livestock that need them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e220 Square\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e270 Square\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop moss gardens, nano aquascapes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger moss layouts, taller hardscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W — more headroom for denser planting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 × 22 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 × 27 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for moss gardens, nano aquascapes, tropical micro-landscapes and paludarium-style displays where a grow light and humidity control matter more than filtration. Not suitable as a stocked, filtered fish tank straight out of the box — there's no filter or heater included, and no rated litre capacity to size livestock against.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe condensation from the inside of the lid rather than leaving it to pool near the LED housing, and adjust the ventilation vents to manage humidity as moss establishes. Bioscape doesn't publish a bulb replacement interval for the fitted LED.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Glass items ship with additional packaging; freight cost and handling vary by size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the litre capacity?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't publish a rated litre capacity or internal dimensions for either size of the Moss Terrarium Square. Only external dimensions are confirmed: 22 × 22 × 41 cm for the 220, 27 × 27 × 45 cm for the 270.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a filter or heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both sizes include the glass terrarium and the fitted grow light only. A filter and heater are separate purchases if you're keeping livestock that need them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep fish in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built and sold as a moss and planted display enclosure, not a rated fish tank. If you want to stock it, add filtration and heating suited to what you plan to keep, and stock conservatively given the unconfirmed volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat powers the light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fitted LED runs from a USB-style adapter — replacement adapters and a replacement light\/lid unit are sold separately for the 220 Square.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 270 Square just a bigger 220 Square?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — same 6 mm ultra-clear glass, square-cube styling and ventilated LED lid, just a larger footprint and a stronger 10 W light to match.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"220","offer_id":54774334128419,"sku":"ARI27","price":403.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"270","offer_id":55335440744739,"sku":"ARI28","price":480.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ARI27_f1879f17-3b67-41cf-90e0-19d2e1dd4e33.jpg?v=1782868931"},{"product_id":"bioscape-nano-aquarium-unit-black","title":"Bioscape Nano Aquarium Unit Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 24, 40 or 61 litre glass nano tank with the filter and light already built in.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Nano Aquarium Unit pairs a black-framed glass tank with a 3-stage internal filter and an LED light, so a betta, a nano community or a first shrimp colony can be up and running without sourcing filtration and lighting separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes, one system\u003c\/strong\u003e — 24 L, 40 L or 61 L, all using the same style of built-in filtration and lighting, so spares and consumables carry across the range by size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-stage filtration built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — mechanical filter wool, a Zeo-Carb chemical cartridge and biological bio-cylinders sit inside the unit rather than hanging off the back of the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED light included\u003c\/strong\u003e — fitted to the unit, no separate light fixture to buy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-access lid\u003c\/strong\u003e — lifts for feeding and maintenance without disturbing the light or filter housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStarter dosing included\u003c\/strong\u003e — a water conditioner sample, a beneficial bacteria culture and a nitrogen-cycle starter ship with the unit to help the first cycle along.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 x 23 x 39 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS134\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 x 26 x 44 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 x 29 x 49 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS136\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't publish glass thickness or the pump's wattage and flow rate for this range — if that detail matters for your setup, get in touch and we'll confirm with Bioscape before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 24 L suits a single betta or a small shrimp colony on a desk. The 40 L gives a nano community of small schooling fish more swimming room. The 61 L is the one to pick for a proper aquascape with room to grow, while staying small enough for a shelf or counter rather than a stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the glass tank, the black frame, the fitted LED light, the internal 3-stage filter (wool pad, Zeo-Carb cartridge, bio-cylinders), the hinged lid, and single-use samples of water conditioner, bacteria culture and nitrogen-cycle starter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot included: a stand or cabinet, a heater, substrate, decor, or a water test kit. Tropical community fish will need a separate heater sized to the litre volume you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a single betta, a nano freshwater community, or a first shrimp colony, in whichever of the three sizes fits your space. Not suitable as a marine or reef setup — this range is built and filtered for freshwater nano keeping, and doesn't ship with the protein skimming or higher flow marine tanks generally need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the mechanical wool pad in tank water at a water change rather than tap water, so the filter bacteria on it survive. Bioscape sells replacement wool pads, Zeo-Carb cartridges and bio-cylinders separately by size, so routine filter maintenance doesn't mean replacing the whole unit — our Bioscape Nano Zeo\/Carbon Replacement Cartridges and Bioscape Nano Replacement Impeller cover the two most common service parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Nano Aquarium Unit includes the tank, light and filter only — a heater is a separate purchase, sized to the litre capacity you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it for a betta?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Bioscape markets all three sizes as suited to bettas, with the 24 L being the common choice for a single fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat filter media does it use, and how often do I change it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wool pad for mechanical filtration, a Zeo-Carb cartridge for chemical filtration, and bio-cylinders for biological filtration. Bioscape doesn't publish a fixed change schedule; rinse the wool pad at each water change and replace the Zeo-Carb cartridge once water clarity or odour control starts to drop off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe or marine safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's built and filtered for freshwater nano tanks and isn't sold as a marine or reef-ready system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a stand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it's sized to sit on an existing shelf, cabinet or table rather than requiring a dedicated stand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"24ltr","offer_id":54774338289955,"sku":"BIS134","price":159.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40ltr","offer_id":55335002177827,"sku":"BIS135","price":228.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"61ltr","offer_id":55335002210595,"sku":"BIS136","price":297.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-nano-unit-24ltr.jpg?v=1783990134"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-tropic-hydro-half-moon-tropical-aquarium-unit","title":"Bioscape Tropic Hydro Half Moon Tropical Aquarium Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne box brings filtration, lighting and heating to a nano tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Tropic Hydro Half Moon is a 12 L rimless aquarium with a bowed half-moon front for a wide, distortion-softened view of the display. It comes with a built-in power filter, a low-voltage LED light bar and a 25 W heater, so a first tropical nano setup needs little beyond substrate, decor, livestock and a stand rated for its filled weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-moon front\u003c\/strong\u003e — bowed, rimless glass gives a wider, less distorted view than a flat-fronted nano tank of the same footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — an internal power filter rated at 300 L\/h keeps water moving through mechanical and biological media without a separate canister or hang-on unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-voltage LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 15 x 0.06 W, 12 V DC LED bar lights the display without adding meaningfully to running costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in heater\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 25 W solid-state heater is fitted into the unit, so tropical stocking doesn't need a separate heater bought and fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 mm rimless glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean, bead-free look with no top or bottom trim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 35 x 22 x 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm, rimless, half-moon front\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in internal power filter, rated 300 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED, 15 x 0.06 W, 12 V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 W, solid-state\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220-240 V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt roughly 35 x 22 x 25 cm and 12 L filled, this suits a desktop, benchtop or shelf rather than a floor-standing display. It needs a level, stable surface rated for the tank's filled weight — Bioscape sells the unit as the aquarium only, so the surface or stand underneath it is your choice and responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and what's not\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the rimless half-moon tank, the built-in internal power filter, the LED light bar and the 25 W heater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot included: a stand, substrate, decor, a thermometer, test kit or livestock. Bioscape's published specification does not separately confirm a glass lid on this unit — if a lid matters for your setup (jumping fish, evaporation, curious pets), check with us before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for tropical freshwater community fish, bettas and shrimp in a nano setup. Not suitable for marine or reef stocking — this unit is sold and specified as a freshwater tropical aquarium — and not suitable for fish that need more swimming room than a 12 L footprint allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the internal filter media in tank water (never tap water) when it starts to clog, rather than on a fixed calendar — how often depends on stocking and feeding. Wipe the curved front with a soft pad rather than a razor scraper; blades are made for flat glass and can mark a bowed panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRuns on 220-240 V AC, suiting the Australian 230 V\/50 Hz supply. As with any aquarium electrical, plug into a GPO protected by an RCD, keep the heater fully submerged while powered, and unplug the unit before reaching into the tank for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA stand or piece of furniture rated for the tank's filled weight, a fine aquascaping substrate, a thermometer, and a tropical flake or pellet food sized for nano stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. As a glass aquarium, handle and unpack carefully — chips or cracks from a drop aren't a warranty fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it include everything I need to start?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the tank, filter, light and heater are built in, but you'll still need substrate, decor, a stand and livestock before it's ready to stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs a stand included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a surface or stand rated for the tank's filled weight before you set it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep marine fish in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it's specified and sold as a freshwater tropical aquarium, not a marine or reef setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow loud is the built-in filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape doesn't publish a noise rating for this filter. Internal filters of this size are typically quiet once bedded in, but if noise matters in a bedroom or office, ask us before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat glass thickness is the tank made from?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 mm, in a rimless half-moon build.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774338748707,"sku":"BIS150","price":228.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/BIS150_3_102d8339-3bb1-4642-8b3c-218669797582.jpg?v=1782868965"},{"product_id":"bioscape-deluxe-aquarium-starter-kit","title":"Bioscape Deluxe Aquarium Starter Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-to-run tank with the filter built in.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Deluxe Aquarium Starter Kit is a glass aquarium with an integrated internal filter, sized for a first freshwater tank — a betta, nano fish, or a small community once it's cycled. It comes in three sizes: 13, 22 and 38 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated internal filter\u003c\/strong\u003e — the filter is built into the tank itself rather than a separate hang-on unit, so there's one less thing to plumb in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass, not acrylic\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists scratching from gravel and decor better than a plastic tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEverything to start the water\u003c\/strong\u003e — a water conditioner and a bacterial starter culture are boxed in, so day-one water treatment doesn't need a separate trip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGravel and décor included\u003c\/strong\u003e — natural gravel substrate, a decorative plant and an ornament are in the box, along with a fish net.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes, one system\u003c\/strong\u003e — 13, 22 or 38 litres, so the same kit scales from a desk to a small stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 18 x 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS220\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 22 x 28cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS221\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 30 x 26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS222\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaterial: glass, with an internal filter built into the tank. Glass thickness and the filter's flow rate aren't published by Bioscape — if you need the exact figures, check the box or get in touch and we'll chase them down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe starter kit puts the tank, filtration and first-water essentials in one box. It is not sold as a complete system — a lid, light and heater are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass aquarium with integrated internal filter, natural gravel substrate, a decorative plant, an ornament, a fish net, a water conditioner and a bacterial starter culture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e a glass cover\/lid, aquarium light, heater, and stand. A matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-deluxe-aquarium-glass-cover-40-x-20-x-28cm-22ltr\"\u003eglass cover\u003c\/a\u003e is sold separately for the 22L size, and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bioscape-deluxe-aquarium-glass-cover-50-x-30-x-26cm-38ltr\"\u003eglass cover\u003c\/a\u003e for the 38L size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you're keeping tropical fish, budget for a heater — this kit doesn't include one on any size, and an uncovered, unheated tank will simply track room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 13 litre suits a single betta or a very small nano setup. The 22 litre gives a small community of tetras or similar schooling fish room to move. The 38 litre is the better starting point if you want to stock more than a handful of small fish, since it dilutes waste over a larger volume and forgives beginner mistakes more easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a first freshwater aquarium — betta, nano fish, or a small community once the tank has cycled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reptiles, amphibians or marine\/reef setups — this is a freshwater kit. It's also not a complete system out of the box; budget for a heater if you're keeping tropical fish, and a light if you want to properly view the tank or grow plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun the tank fishless for around two weeks before adding fish, so the filter has time to establish the bacteria that process ammonia. Rinse — don't replace — filter media at water changes, since a full rinse in tap water kills the bacteria you've just grown.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law if it arrives damaged, cracked or faulty. Glass tanks ship boxed — check for chips or hairline cracks before filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this kit include a light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. None of the three sizes include a light. Add one separately if you want to properly view the tank or keep live plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it include a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. If you're keeping tropical fish rather than coldwater species, you'll need to add a heater sized to the litre count.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs there a glass lid included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A matching glass cover is sold separately for the 22 litre and 38 litre sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the three sizes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFootprint and volume only — all three use the same integrated-filter design. See the size table above for exact dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long before I can add fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun it fishless for about two weeks first so the filter can establish itself — adding fish to an uncycled tank is the most common reason a first tank struggles.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"13ltr","offer_id":54774339109155,"sku":"BIS220","price":109.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"22ltr","offer_id":55335004340515,"sku":"BIS221","price":136.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"38ltr","offer_id":55335004373283,"sku":"BIS222","price":171.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-starter-kit-13ltr.jpg?v=1783990351"},{"product_id":"ziss-fish-shrimp-incubator-zet-e55","title":"Ziss Fish \u0026 Shrimp Incubator - ZET E55","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps eggs moving in a gentle current so fungus never gets a foothold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ziss ZET-E55 is an air-driven egg tumbler that suspends fish and shrimp eggs in a continuous, oxygen-enriched water current inside a clear 55mm chamber. It mounts to the inside of the glass on suction cups and runs off your own air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous tumbling action\u003c\/strong\u003e — an air-driven current keeps eggs in constant gentle motion, which stops them settling together and going fungal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear 55mm chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — lets you check on the brood without opening the tumbler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction-cup mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits inside the display or a breeder tank, no drilling or clips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable air valve\u003c\/strong\u003e — dial the current down for delicate eggs, up for a stronger flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on air, not electricity in the water\u003c\/strong\u003e — no submersible motor near the eggs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZiss Aqua\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZET-E55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir-driven egg tumbler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChamber internal diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium air pump (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction cups, inside the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZET-E55 egg tumbler body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir control valve (ZV-4)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 metres of airline tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 suction cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir diffuser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn aquarium air pump — the tumbler has no pump of its own and will not run without one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e eggs of egg-scattering and egg-guarding freshwater fish — cichlids, angelfish, discus, corydoras and similar species — plus shrimp eggs stripped from a berried female or collected loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e raising free-swimming fry once they hatch — this is an incubator for eggs, not a fry grow-out box. Move fry to a separate rearing container once they're free-swimming. Not confirmed by the manufacturer for marine or reef use; treat as a freshwater tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the chamber and diffuser in tank water between broods — never tap water or detergent, both of which can harm the next batch of eggs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the air valve setting after cleaning; airflow that's too strong can knock delicate eggs against the chamber wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn adjustable air pump, so you can dial flow in without buying a separate valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA small breeder or quarantine tank to house the tumbler away from adult fish that would eat the eggs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against faulty parts, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small, light item at standard parcel rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between an egg tumbler and a breeding box?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA breeding box holds free-swimming fry in still or gently filtered water. An egg tumbler like the ZET-E55 does something different: it keeps unhatched eggs in constant motion in an air-driven current, which is what stops fungus taking hold before they hatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy an air pump separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ZET-E55 has no pump of its own — it's driven by airline connected to any standard aquarium air pump, which is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat eggs can I put in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's built for eggs from egg-scattering and egg-guarding freshwater fish such as cichlids, angelfish, discus and corydoras, as well as shrimp eggs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I leave fry in the tumbler after they hatch?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — once eggs hatch, move the fry to a proper rearing container. The tumbler's constant current is designed for eggs, not for free-swimming fry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit a nano tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 55mm internal diameter it's the compact size in the Ziss tumbler range, so it suits nano and standard tanks where a full-size tumbler would be too bulky.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ziss Aqua","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242219127075,"sku":"BA8556","price":38.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ZA56007.jpg?v=1786073189"},{"product_id":"ziss-fish-shrimp-incubator","title":"Ziss Fish \u0026 Shrimp Incubator","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep eggs moving gently and fungus stays away.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ziss Fish \u0026amp; Shrimp Incubator (Ziss calls this line the Egg Tumbler) holds fish eggs in a slow, continuous current so they never settle and fungus can't get a hold — the same job the parent fish would do in the wild. It's sold in three internal diameters — 55, 65 and 80 mm — so you can match the tumbler to your clutch size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous gentle tumbling\u003c\/strong\u003e — an airlift current keeps eggs in constant slow motion, reducing fungus and improving hatch rates versus a still container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisassemblable air stone\u003c\/strong\u003e — the diffuser comes apart for cleaning rather than clogging permanently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction cup mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — two or four cups, depending on size, hold the tumbler against the glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 55, 65 and 80 mm internal diameter to suit different clutch sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZET55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller clutches — most cichlid and corydoras egg batches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZET65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium clutches, or where you want more circulation room per egg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZET80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger clutches from bigger cichlids and discus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZiss also makes the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ziss-fish-shrimp-incubator-zet-e55\"\u003eZET-E55\u003c\/a\u003e, a low-profile version with the same 55 mm diameter but roughly half the height, for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEggs from cichlids, plecos, discus, angelfish, corydoras and similar egg-laying fish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction cups (2 or 4, depending on size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZiss air regulator, air hose, disassemblable air stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires a separate air pump (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the tumbler body, suction cup mounts, Ziss air regulator, air hose and a disassemblable Ziss air stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e an air pump to drive the airlift current.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for tumbling the eggs of cichlids, plecos, discus, angelfish, corydoras and similar species that lay eggs in a clutch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater breeding setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable without an air pump — the tumbling action depends entirely on airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePull the air stone apart and rinse it between batches so it doesn't clog and starve the current. Rinse the tumbler body too, especially after a batch that fungused, before the next clutch goes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ziss-fish-shrimp-incubator-zet-e55\"\u003eZiss Fish \u0026amp; Shrimp Incubator ZET-E55\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the low-profile 55 mm option if height is tight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ziss-brine-shrimp-collector-feeder\"\u003eZiss Brine Shrimp Collector\/Feeder\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — for rinsing and feeding live food to fry once they hatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ziss-artemia-blender\"\u003eZiss Artemia Blender\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — hatch your own brine shrimp to feed the fry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer warranty. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich size tumbler do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the diameter to your clutch size — 55 mm suits most cichlid and corydoras batches, 65 mm gives medium clutches more room, and 80 mm suits larger discus and cichlid spawns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need an air pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The tumbling action is driven entirely by airflow from a separate air pump — one isn't included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this work for shrimp eggs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZiss doesn't publish shrimp among the species this tumbler is designed for — it's built and tested around fish eggs such as cichlids, plecos, discus, angelfish and corydoras.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the ZET-E55?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZET-E55 shares the same 55 mm internal diameter as the ZET55 but is roughly half the height, for setups with limited vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ziss Aqua","offers":[{"title":"ZET55","offer_id":55242219159843,"sku":"BA8555","price":45.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"ZET65","offer_id":55335444349219,"sku":"BA8557","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"ZET80","offer_id":55335444381987,"sku":"BA8558","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ZA56000.jpg?v=1786073190"},{"product_id":"fluval-spec-freshwater-kit","title":"Fluval Spec Freshwater Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne nano aquarium kit, three sizes — all-glass, filtered and lit, ready to cycle.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fluval Spec is an all-glass aquarium kit in black, with a hidden 3-stage filter, an LED light bar and an adjustable circulation pump built in. It's sold here in three volumes — 10 L, 19 L and 60 L — so the same clean aluminium-trimmed look scales from a desktop bowl replacement up to a proper freshwater community tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden 3-stage filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — foam block, activated carbon and Biomax ceramic rings sit in a rear chamber on every size, out of view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7000 K white LEDs across all three sizes, rated 50,000 hours; the 19 L and 60 L run at 10 W, with more LEDs and higher lumen output on the larger tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable circulation pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — flow scales with tank size, from roughly 148 L\/h on the 10 L up to 500 L\/h on the 60 L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEtched-glass and aluminium trim\u003c\/strong\u003e — a cleaner look than a standard rimmed tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear chamber sized for a heater\u003c\/strong\u003e — none is included, but there's room to fit one on every size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-stage: foam block, activated carbon, Biomax, all sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED colour temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7000 K, all sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED lifespan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hours, all sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230–240 V \/ 50 Hz (AU), all sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, Fluval Australia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVariant specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e10 L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e19 L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e60 L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3393\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3392\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3394\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.4 x 22.1 x 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.5 x 16.5 x 29 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54.6 x 29 x 43 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 LEDs (wattage not published by Fluval for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W, 37 LEDs, 821 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W, 31 LEDs, 1272 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePump output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to approx. 148 L\/h (39 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210–300 L\/h, adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h (132 US GPH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10 L suits a single betta or a small shrimp colony on a desk. The 19 L is the most popular size for a small community of nano fish or a planted low-tech layout. The 60 L is large enough for a proper freshwater community — small tetras, rasbora, corydoras or a betta with tankmates — while keeping the same compact footprint and hidden filtration as the smaller sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10 L is 27.4 cm deep and 30 cm tall — desk or shelf sized. The 19 L is wider at 49.5 cm but only 16.5 cm deep, suited to a narrow shelf. The 60 L needs a stand or cabinet rated for the filled weight: 60 L of water alone is 60 kg, plus the tank, so use furniture rated for at least 75 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-glass aquarium with etched trim and hinged glass lid, black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED light bar with low-voltage transformer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCirculation pump with output nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-stage filter media: foam block, activated carbon insert, Biomax insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater — every size has a rear chamber sized to fit one, but none ships with the kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubstrate, decor and hardscape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermometer and water conditioner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLivestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for bettas, nano fish, dwarf shrimp and — on the 60 L — a small freshwater community. Not suitable for goldfish or large-bodied fish on any size, and not suitable as a heated tropical setup without adding a separate heater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLED and pump together draw well under 15 W on the 10 L and 19 L, and under 20 W on the 60 L. Run lighting 8–10 hours a day and the pump continuously, and annual running cost is a few dollars at typical Australian electricity prices. All three pumps are designed to run quietly submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval backs the Spec range with a 2-year limited warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Glass items ship via standard parcel courier with fragile handling; the 60 L is heavier and bulkier to freight than the two smaller sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluval-spec-replacement-pump-19ltr\"\u003eFluval Spec V 19L replacement pump\u003c\/a\u003e — a useful spare for the 19 L size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluval-spec-3-output-nozzle-10ltr-19ltr\"\u003eFluval Spec output nozzle\u003c\/a\u003e — a low-cost spare for the 10 L and 19 L sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluval-spec-light-unit-with-transformer\"\u003eFluval Spec LED light unit\u003c\/a\u003e — a spare light and transformer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA compact heater sized to your chosen volume, since one isn't included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA liquid water conditioner, to treat tap water before the first fill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the three sizes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey share the same design — hidden 3-stage filter, built-in LED and adjustable pump — scaled up in dimensions, LED output and pump flow. The 60 L also gets more LEDs and a stronger pump to suit the larger water volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes any size come with a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Every size has a rear chamber sized to fit a small heater, but you'll need to buy one separately for tropical fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep a small community in the 60 L?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the 60 L suits a small freshwater community such as tetras, rasbora or corydoras, within normal stocking guidelines for the volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the pump adjustable on every size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, flow is adjustable on all three, which helps with slow-swimming or long-finned fish like bettas.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"10L","offer_id":55334981927203,"sku":"AA3393","price":251.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"19L","offer_id":55242232463651,"sku":"AA3392","price":369.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"60L","offer_id":55334981959971,"sku":"AA3394","price":579.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-spec-freshwater-kit-10l.png?v=1783989247"},{"product_id":"juwel-lido-200-led-aquarium-with-stand","title":"Juwel Lido 200 LED Aquarium with stand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 200 litre glass aquarium, cabinet and filtration system in one delivery.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Juwel Lido 200 LED pairs a rectangular display tank with a matching SBX cabinet stand, an internal Bioflow M filter, a 200 W adjustable heater and MultiLux LED lighting — everything needed to cycle and stock the tank except substrate, décor and water treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 L display volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 71 x 51 x 65 cm tank with real depth for a larger community, planted or marine build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBioflow M filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same internal chamber system as the rest of the Lido range, driven by the larger Eccoflow 600 pump at 600 L\/h.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 W adjustable heater included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized up for the extra water volume, no separate heater purchase needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiLux LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2 x 14 W (28 W total) replaceable Day and Nature spectrum tubes, using roughly half the power of an equivalent T5 tube set-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching SBX cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — finished to match the tank, in four colourways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour cabinet finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black, Grey, White or Light Wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass aquarium, 200 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSBX matching cabinet stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBioflow M internal filter with Eccoflow 600 pump and starter media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 W adjustable heater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiLux LED lighting unit with Day and Nature tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubstrate, rock or décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater conditioner and test kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish net and maintenance tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer or salt mix if you're setting the tank up as marine — the tank is saltwater-capable but not saltwater-equipped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3389\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71 x 51 x 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight, empty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M internal filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccoflow 600 — 600 L\/h, 6.5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 W, adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, 2 x 14 W (28 W), Day + Nature tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Grey, White, Light Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater or marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Juwel aquarium do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lido 200 keeps a similar footprint to the Lido 120 but adds real depth and close to 70% more water volume, at 65 cm overall height rather than 58 cm. Choose it over the Lido 120 or Rio 125 when you want more swimming depth and stocking headroom without a large jump in floor space; choose one of the smaller two if ceiling clearance above the stand is tight, or the price step to 200 W of heating and a larger tank doesn't suit your budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight empty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter and pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLido 120 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 x 41 x 58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 500 (500 L\/h, 5.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, 2 x 14 W (28 W), Day + Nature tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLido 200 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71 x 51 x 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 600 (600 L\/h, 6.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, 2 x 14 W (28 W), Day + Nature tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRio 125 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 x 36 x 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 500 (500 L\/h, 5.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, Day + Nature tubes (wattage not published)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space, and can the floor take it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the 71 x 51 cm footprint against your available wall space and allow clearance above the tank to lift the MultiLux LED lid clear during maintenance. Juwel doesn't publish the empty tank or cabinet weight for the Lido 200, but water alone adds roughly 1 kg per litre — so a filled 200 L tank carries around 200 kg of water on top of the glass, cabinet and equipment. At and above 200 L, confirm the floor is level and genuinely load-bearing before filling, particularly on an upper storey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater community, planted and semi-aggressive setups, and for marine builds once fitted with the additional equipment marine keeping needs — protein skimmer, salt mix and RO\/DI water. Not supplied ready for reef or heavily stocked marine use out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse or replace the Bioflow M filter media on a rolling basis rather than all at once, to protect the filter bacteria colony. Check the MultiLux LED tubes annually — Juwel's warranty excludes light tubes and filter media as wear items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heater and pump are mains-powered; run both on a 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian supply through an RCD-protected circuit, and never run the heater dry or expose it while unplugged from water. Confirm the floor can bear the filled weight before siting the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuwel Digital Thermometer 3.0 — an independent check on the heater's built-in thermostat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuwel SmartFeed 2.0 automatic feeder — scheduled feeding for time away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement Bioflow M filter media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quality substrate and background suited to your stocking plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Juwel's 24-month manufacturer guarantee on the aquarium, cabinet, heater, pump and LED unit, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Filter media and light tubes are wear items and are excluded. This is a large, heavy item — plan for oversize freight and check delivery options at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much heavier is the Lido 200 than the Lido 120 once filled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuwel doesn't publish empty weights for the 200, but the extra 80 L of water alone adds roughly 80 kg over the Lido 120 when both are full.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Lido 200 ready for saltwater out of the box?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank and cabinet are saltwater-capable, but the included filtration is set up for freshwater. A marine build needs a protein skimmer and marine salt mix added before stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy a separate heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — a 200 W adjustable heater is included and sized for this tank's volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run the LED unit on a timer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the MultiLux LED fixture runs on standard mains power and works with any household aquarium timer or smart plug.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Juwel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242234265891,"sku":"AA3389","price":1769.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/juwel-lido-200-led-aquarium-with-stand-3001381-1600.jpg?v=1781836357"},{"product_id":"juwel-lido-120-led-aquarium-with-stand","title":"Juwel Lido 120 LED Aquarium with stand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete 120 litre glass aquarium, cabinet and filtration system in one delivery.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Juwel Lido 120 LED pairs a rectangular display tank with a matching SBX cabinet stand, an internal Bioflow M filter, a 100 W adjustable heater and MultiLux LED lighting — everything needed to cycle and stock the tank except substrate, décor and water treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 L display volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 61 x 41 x 58 cm tank suited to a first serious freshwater setup or a compact marine build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBioflow M filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 3-litre internal filter chamber running poly pad, carbon sponge, Nitrax ammonia-remover and fine sponge media, driven by the Eccoflow 500 pump at 500 L\/h.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 W adjustable heater included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the tank, no separate heater purchase needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiLux LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 60 cm fixture running 2 x 14 W (28 W total) replaceable Day and Nature spectrum tubes, using roughly half the power of an equivalent T5 tube set-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching SBX cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated to 500 kg, in the same finish as the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour cabinet finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black, Grey, White or Light Wood, so the stand matches the room rather than the fish room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass aquarium, 120 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSBX matching cabinet stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBioflow M internal filter with Eccoflow 500 pump and starter media (poly pad, carbon sponge, Nitrax, fine sponge)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 W adjustable heater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiLux LED lighting unit with Day and Nature tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubstrate, rock or décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater conditioner and test kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish net and maintenance tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer or salt mix if you're setting the tank up as marine — the tank is saltwater-capable but not saltwater-equipped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3390\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 x 41 x 58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight, empty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 x 41 x 73 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet maximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M, 3 L media chamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccoflow 500 — 500 L\/h, 5.5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W, adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED 60 cm, 2 x 14 W (28 W), Day + Nature tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Grey, White, Light Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater or marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Juwel aquarium do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lido and Rio lines share the same Bioflow M filtration and 100 W heater at this volume; the difference is footprint. The Lido 120 is deeper front-to-back (41 cm) for a more traditional community tank shape; the Rio 125 is longer and shallower (81 x 36 cm), which suits a longer swimming run for active shoaling fish. Step up to the Lido 200 for significantly more water volume in a similar footprint to the Lido 120, at the cost of a taller overall unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight empty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter and pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLido 120 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 x 41 x 58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 500 (500 L\/h, 5.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, 2 x 14 W (28 W), Day + Nature tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLido 200 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71 x 51 x 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 600 (600 L\/h, 6.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, 2 x 14 W (28 W), Day + Nature tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRio 125 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 x 36 x 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 500 (500 L\/h, 5.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, Day + Nature tubes (wattage not published)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the combined footprint of tank and cabinet — 61 x 41 cm — against your available wall space, and allow clearance above the tank to lift the MultiLux LED lid clear during maintenance. At 25 kg empty plus roughly 120 kg of water when filled, the cabinet's 500 kg rating covers the tank with plenty of margin, but the floor itself still needs to be level and load-bearing in the way any furniture that heavy would require.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater community, planted and semi-aggressive setups, and for marine builds once fitted with the additional equipment marine keeping needs — protein skimmer, salt mix and RO\/DI water. Not supplied ready for reef or heavily stocked marine use out of the box, and not intended for cichlid species that dig or rearrange substrate aggressively without a heavier décor plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse or replace the Bioflow M sponge and poly pad media on a rolling basis rather than all at once, to protect the filter bacteria colony. Nitrax media is a consumable and needs periodic replacement once its ammonia-binding capacity is exhausted. Check the MultiLux LED tubes annually — Juwel's warranty excludes light tubes and filter media as wear items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heater and pump are mains-powered; run both on a 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian supply through an RCD-protected circuit, and never run the heater dry or expose it while unplugged from water. Site the finished, filled system on a genuinely level, load-bearing floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuwel Digital Thermometer 3.0 — an independent check on the heater's built-in thermostat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuwel SmartFeed 2.0 automatic feeder — scheduled feeding for time away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement Bioflow M filter media (Nitrax, sponge, poly pad)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quality substrate and background suited to your stocking plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Juwel's 24-month manufacturer guarantee on the aquarium, cabinet, heater, pump and LED unit, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Filter media and light tubes are wear items and are excluded, as with any aquarium system. This is a large, heavy item — plan for oversize freight and check delivery options at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Lido 120 ready for saltwater out of the box?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank and cabinet are saltwater-capable, but the included filtration is set up for freshwater. A marine build needs a protein skimmer and marine salt mix added before stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy a separate heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — a 100 W adjustable heater is included and sized for this tank's volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run the LED unit on a timer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the MultiLux LED fixture runs on standard mains power and works with any household aquarium timer or smart plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's in the Bioflow M filter media pack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoly pad, carbon sponge, Nitrax ammonia-remover and a fine sponge, arranged in stages inside the 3-litre filter chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the cabinet need to support once the tank is filled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater alone adds roughly 1 kg per litre, so a full 120 L tank plus the 25 kg empty weight sits well within the cabinet's 500 kg rating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Juwel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242234298659,"sku":"AA3390","price":1229.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/juwel-lido-120-led-aquarium-with-stand-3001380-1600.jpg?v=1781836350"},{"product_id":"juwel-rio-125-led-aquarium-with-stand","title":"Juwel Rio 125 LED Aquarium with stand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 125 litre glass aquarium, cabinet and filtration system in one delivery.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Juwel Rio 125 LED pairs a long, shallow rectangular tank with a matching SBX cabinet stand, an internal Bioflow M filter, a 100 W adjustable heater and MultiLux LED lighting — everything needed to cycle and stock the tank except substrate, décor and water treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 L display volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — an 81 x 36 x 50 cm tank, longer and shallower than the Lido line, giving shoaling fish more open swimming run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBioflow M filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 3-litre internal filter chamber, driven by the Eccoflow 500 pump at 500 L\/h.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 W adjustable heater included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the tank, no separate heater purchase needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiLux LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — replaceable Day and Nature spectrum tubes across the tank's length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching SBX cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated to 500 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive cabinet finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black, Grey, White, Light Wood or Dark Wood, the widest colour range in the Juwel LED tank line-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass aquarium, 125 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSBX matching cabinet stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBioflow M internal filter with Eccoflow 500 pump and starter media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 W adjustable heater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiLux LED lighting unit with Day and Nature tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubstrate, rock or décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater conditioner and test kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish net and maintenance tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer or salt mix if you're setting the tank up as marine — the tank is saltwater-capable but not saltwater-equipped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3391\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 x 36 x 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight, empty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 x 36 x 73 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet maximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M, 3 L media chamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEccoflow 500 — 500 L\/h, 5.5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W, adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, Day + Nature tubes (wattage not published)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Grey, White, Light Wood, Dark Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater or marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Juwel aquarium do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rio 125 shares its filtration and heater with the Lido 120, but in a longer, shallower 81 x 36 cm footprint rather than the Lido's more square 61 x 41 cm base — better for species that swim in open water than for a tall planted layout. Step up to the Lido 200 for extra depth and volume in a similar overall footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight empty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter and pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLido 120 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 x 41 x 58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 500 (500 L\/h, 5.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, 2 x 14 W (28 W), Day + Nature tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLido 200 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71 x 51 x 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 600 (600 L\/h, 6.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, 2 x 14 W (28 W), Day + Nature tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRio 125 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 x 36 x 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow M with Eccoflow 500 (500 L\/h, 5.5 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, Day + Nature tubes (wattage not published)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the combined footprint of tank and cabinet — 81 x 36 cm — against your available wall space; the Rio's long, narrow base fits many walls a square 120 L tank wouldn't. At 25.5 kg empty plus roughly 125 kg of water when filled, the cabinet's 500 kg rating covers the tank with plenty of margin, but the floor still needs to be level and load-bearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater community and shoaling-fish setups that benefit from open swimming length, and for marine builds once fitted with the additional equipment marine keeping needs — protein skimmer, salt mix and RO\/DI water. Not supplied ready for reef or heavily stocked marine use out of the box, and the shallower 50 cm height gives less headroom for tall planted layouts than the Lido line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse or replace the Bioflow M sponge and poly pad media on a rolling basis rather than all at once, to protect the filter bacteria colony. Check the MultiLux LED tubes annually — Juwel's warranty excludes light tubes and filter media as wear items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heater and pump are mains-powered; run both on a 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian supply through an RCD-protected circuit, and never run the heater dry or expose it while unplugged from water. Site the finished, filled system on a genuinely level, load-bearing floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuwel Digital Thermometer 3.0 — an independent check on the heater's built-in thermostat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuwel SmartFeed 2.0 automatic feeder — scheduled feeding for time away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement Bioflow M filter media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quality substrate and background suited to your stocking plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Juwel's 24-month manufacturer guarantee on the aquarium, cabinet, heater, pump and LED unit, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Filter media and light tubes are wear items and are excluded. This is a large, heavy item — plan for oversize freight and check delivery options at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the Rio 125 shaped differently to the Lido 120?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rio line uses a longer, shallower footprint (81 x 36 cm) instead of the Lido's more square base, which suits shoaling fish that use open horizontal swimming space rather than a tall planted scape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Rio 125 ready for saltwater out of the box?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank and cabinet are saltwater-capable, but the included filtration is set up for freshwater. A marine build needs a protein skimmer and marine salt mix added before stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy a separate heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — a 100 W adjustable heater is included and sized for this tank's volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat colours does the cabinet come in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack, Grey, White, Light Wood or Dark Wood — the Rio 125 has one more finish option than the Lido range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Juwel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242234331427,"sku":"AA3391","price":849.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/juwel-rio-125-led-aquarium-with-stand-3001382-1600.jpg?v=1781836352"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-stand-black","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Stand Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe cabinet built to carry a Red Sea MAX Nano, not a generic stand pressed into service.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano Stand in black is the manufacturer's own cabinet for the MAX Nano complete reef system, sized to the tank's own footprint and built to the same marine-spec standard as the aquarium it supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built for the MAX Nano\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the tank's footprint, so there's no overhang and no awkward gap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec cabinet construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — weatherproof, epoxy-painted doors built for a saltwater-room environment, not standard furniture-grade laminate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePush-open doors and soft-close stainless steel hinges\u003c\/strong\u003e — no handles to catch on a bucket, and the doors won't slam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — hides salt, dosing bottles, test kits and spare filter media behind a clean black finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-matched to the MAX Nano's black trim\u003c\/strong\u003e for one continuous look rather than a mismatched stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium cabinet \/ stand only — no tank or equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano complete reef system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8080\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has not published external cabinet dimensions or a floor load rating for this stand on their specification pages. If exact clearance against a wall or an existing footprint matters, contact us with your measurements before ordering and we'll confirm against the MAX Nano's own footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cabinet is sized specifically for the Red Sea MAX Nano (62 L display, 75 L total system volume). It is not sized for the larger MAX Nano XL or XXL — those use their own cabinet, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet only, in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano aquarium, lighting, return pump, skimmer, filtration and ATO. These are sold as part of the MAX Nano complete reef system, or separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone setting up or replacing the cabinet on a Red Sea MAX Nano. Not suitable as a stand for other tanks — the footprint is specific to the MAX Nano and this is not a universal aquarium cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, boxed furniture item — get in touch before ordering if you need a delivery timeframe or want to arrange pickup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the cabinet only. The MAX Nano tank, lighting, pump, skimmer and ATO are sold separately or as part of the complete reef system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit my MAX Nano XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The MAX Nano XL and XXL use a larger cabinet, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish assembly details for this cabinet; contact us if you need to confirm before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePairs with the Red Sea MAX Nano complete reef system, and with the MAX Nano's own consumables — reef-spec activated carbon and 225 micron filter bags — stored inside the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242237575459,"sku":"BA8080","price":510.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/MAX151_2.png?v=1782297753"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-peninsula-stand-white","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula Stand White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe lighter-finish stand built for your Peninsula G2's full weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula Stand (White) is a cabinet built to the footprint of the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium, giving it stable, level support at viewing height with enclosed storage underneath. Choose white where you want the stand to recede against a pale wall or match a brighter room. This is the stand only — the aquarium and its equipment are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for the Peninsula G2 footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — supports the tank and its integrated rear sump at the correct viewing height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the white-finish MAX Nano Peninsula G2 and suits brighter interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — space below for salt, supplements and equipment, out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel support for a filled tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered as a load-bearing stand, not general-purpose furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8081\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesigned for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium cabinet \/ stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the stand body and its assembly hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium (sold separately) — this listing does not include the tank, pump, skimmer, lighting or ATO.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 footprint. If you're matching this to an existing tank rather than buying new, confirm your model and generation with us first — cabinet dimensions have changed across MAX Nano Peninsula generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2, filled and stocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended as a stand-alone furniture piece for other tanks or general storage loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium (excluding cabinet) — the tank this stand is sized for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater and dosing gear to store in the enclosed base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us about warranty cover for this item, and to confirm delivery options — as a large cabinet, freight is oversize and may require two-person delivery or local pickup depending on your address.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the stand only. The MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this differ from the black version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFinish only — the same footprint, construction and hardware, in white rather than black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's supplied flat-packed and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242237608227,"sku":"BA8081","price":710.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED592_5.png?v=1782297757"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-peninsula-stand-black","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula Stand Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dedicated stand sized for your Peninsula G2's full weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula Stand (Black) is a cabinet built to the footprint of the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium, giving it stable, level support at viewing height with enclosed storage underneath. This is the stand only — the aquarium and its equipment are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for the Peninsula G2 footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — built to support the tank and its integrated rear sump at the correct viewing height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — space below for salt, supplements and equipment, out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the black-finish MAX Nano Peninsula G2.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel support for a filled tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered as a load-bearing stand, not general-purpose furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8082\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesigned for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium cabinet \/ stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the stand body and its assembly hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou'll still need:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium (sold separately) — this listing does not include the tank, pump, skimmer, lighting or ATO.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 footprint. If you're matching this to an existing tank rather than buying new, confirm your model and generation with us first — Red Sea has changed cabinet dimensions across MAX Nano Peninsula generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2, filled and stocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended as a stand-alone furniture piece for other tanks or general storage loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium (excluding cabinet) — the tank this stand is sized for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater and dosing gear to store in the enclosed base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us about warranty cover for this item, and to confirm delivery options — as a large cabinet, freight is oversize and may require two-person delivery or local pickup depending on your address.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the stand only. The MAX Nano Peninsula G2 aquarium is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the \"MAX Nano Peninsula Cabinet\" listing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are stands built for the same tank. We're confirming the exact configuration and generation match between the two listings and will update this page once that's settled — if you need certainty before ordering, ask us and we'll check stock and specifications together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's supplied flat-packed and requires assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242237640995,"sku":"BA8082","price":710.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED591_4.png?v=1782297760"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-peninsula-950-g2-white","title":"Red Sea Reefer-S Peninsula 950 G2+ White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe bare REEFER-S Peninsula 950 G2+ — tank, cabinet and sump only, so you choose your own lighting, flow and filtration.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea REEFER-S Peninsula 950 G2+ in White is the base-tier version of Red Sea's Peninsula S-950 G2+ system: a 200 x 68 x 65 cm rimless display built to stand away from a wall and be viewed from three sides, with a matching cabinet, plumbed sump and the ReefATO+ auto top-off already fitted. It does not include lighting, a return pump, circulation pumps or a skimmer — this is the tank for reefers who already own equipment they want to bring across, or who want to choose every component themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e947 L total system volume\u003c\/strong\u003e — 757 L display over a 190 L sump, sized the same as Red Sea's fully-equipped Max version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlumbed sump, ready for your own equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e — a removable, ReefMat-ready media compartment, dual return outlets and a ReefGate silencing valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the one piece of equipment fitted from the factory, with built-in temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite marine-spec aluminium cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the rest of Red Sea's REEFER-S range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass on a rimless display\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same tank used across the base, Deluxe and Max tiers of this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeninsula S-950 G2+ display aquarium and matching White cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSump with pre-glued plumbing and a ReefMat-ready removable media compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual return outlets and a ReefGate silencing valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefATO+ auto top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting — no ReefLED fixtures and no mounting or pendant kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCirculation or gyre pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat filter roller — the sump accepts one, but it's sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater, chiller and any temperature controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing pump system, RO\/DI unit and saltwater mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive rock, sand or aquascape, and livestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the base Peninsula S-950 G2+, not the Max. If you want lighting, a return pump, gyre circulation and a skimmer already fitted, see our Red Sea REEFER-S Max Peninsula 950 G2+ listing instead — same tank and sump, with the equipment built in and pre-plumbed. This bare tank does not arrive ready to run, and the price reflects that: it's the aquarium platform, not a complete system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 68 x 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e757 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e947 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness (front, sides, bottom)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet colour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto top-off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefATO+ (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGeneration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 50 Hz, AU plug on the included ReefATO+ unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA peninsula install needs clearance on at least three sides rather than one back wall, plus the full 165 cm system height and ceiling clearance for lid access and whatever lighting mount you fit later. At 947 L total volume this is a floor-loading item: water alone weighs roughly 947 kg before the glass, cabinet, rock and substrate are added, so the true filled weight is meaningfully higher again. Red Sea does not publish a filled weight figure for this model, so if it's going anywhere other than a slab or a reinforced ground floor, get the floor checked by a builder or engineer before it goes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to reefers who already own lighting, a return pump, circulation pumps and a skimmer from a previous setup and want to move them across, or who want to hand-pick every component rather than take a matched bundle. Not suitable if you want a plug-and-play system with everything fitted — for that, the Max version of this same tank is the better starting point, at a correspondingly higher price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith no fitted equipment beyond the ATO, ongoing maintenance depends entirely on what you install. The sump's media compartment will take a ReefMat roller or conventional filter socks; budget for whichever consumable your choice of filtration uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefATO+ unit is mains-powered — run it through an RCD-protected circuit. Any lighting, pumps or skimmer you add should be sized and wired to the same standard, with drip loops on every cable entering the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, which applies in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is an oversized, heavy item shipped assembled or part-assembled on a pallet — expect a two-person kerbside or room-of-choice delivery depending on access, and confirm stair or doorway clearance before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this come with lighting or a return pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the bare aquarium, cabinet, sump and ReefATO+ only. Lighting, a return pump, gyre circulation and a skimmer are not included and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the Max Peninsula 950 G2+?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Max is the same 947 L tank, cabinet and sump with lighting, a return pump, gyre circulation, a skimmer and a filter roller already fitted and plumbed. This listing is the tank platform on its own — the two are different purchases at very different price points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add a ReefMat filter roller later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The sump's media compartment is built to accept a ReefMat 1200, but the roller unit itself is sold separately and isn't included here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the floor under this tank a concern?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 947 L total volume, yes — it's worth checking with a builder or engineer, particularly on an upper floor or bearer-and-joist construction. Red Sea doesn't publish a filled weight for this model; the water alone is around 947 kg before cabinet, glass, rock and sand are added.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242243113251,"sku":"AA3510","price":9800.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Red_Sea_Reefer_Peninsula_G2_S-950_White.jpg?v=1782112698"},{"product_id":"juwel-trigon-350-black","title":"Juwel trigon 350 black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 350-litre corner tank built to fill a wasted corner, not the middle of the room.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Juwel Trigon 350 is a complete freshwater tropical aquarium system: a 350 L corner-shaped glass tank, matching cabinet, MultiLux LED lighting, Bioflow XL internal filtration and a 300 W adjustable heater. It's built for anyone who wants a genuine centrepiece tank without giving up a full wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e350 L corner footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — the triangular shape uses a room corner instead of a straight run of wall, so it reads as a feature rather than furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e46 W MultiLux LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — one Day tube and one Nature tube (23 W each), individually replaceable rather than a sealed fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBioflow XL internal filter with Eccoflow 1000 pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated 1000 L\/h at zero head, running five filter media stages out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquaHeat Pro 300 W adjustable heater\u003c\/strong\u003e — built into the filter housing rather than a separate glass tube in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGS-certified matching cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — colour-matched to the tank, rated to carry 600 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is sold as a complete tank-and-cabinet system, so here's exactly what that covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 L corner glass aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubstrate, rock and aquascaping materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching GS-certified cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater conditioner and test kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED lighting, 46 W total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLivestock and plants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow XL filter, Eccoflow 1000 pump, 5 filter media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquaHeat Pro 300 W adjustable heater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123 x 87 x 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123 x 87 x 80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium weight (empty)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet rated load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiLux LED, 2 x 23 W (1 Day + 1 Nature) = 46 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioflow XL internal filter, Eccoflow 1000 pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump flow (rated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h at zero head, 8 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquaHeat Pro, 300 W adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit your space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the corner, not just a wall run: the aquarium's two back edges are 123 cm and 87 cm, so it needs that much clear wall on each side of the corner plus room to open the cabinet doors. Overall height with the cabinet is roughly 145 cm (65 cm tank + 80 cm cabinet), so check ceiling clearance if you're fitting it under a sloped roof or shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFiltration\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bioflow XL runs on the Eccoflow 1000 circulation pump, rated 1000 L\/h at zero head — the figure on the box, not the figure you'll see with five stages of media loaded and the tank's internal plumbing in the way. Juwel doesn't publish a loaded-flow or head-height curve for this internal unit, so treat 1000 L\/h as a ceiling rather than a guarantee, and judge turnover by water clarity and flow at the outlet rather than the rated number alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHeating\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuwel's own AquaHeat Pro sizing guide rates the 200 W unit for 100–200 L tanks and the 300 W unit for 150–300 L tanks. The Trigon 350 ships with the 300 W unit on a 350 L tank — at the very top of, and slightly beyond, Juwel's own stated range. In a warm room this is fine; in a cool room, or if you're chasing higher tropical temperatures, it's worth budgeting for a second inline heater rather than assuming the integrated unit has headroom to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombined connected load across LED, pump and heater is approximately 354 W, though the heater cycles on and off rather than drawing full power continuously. Running the LED on a typical 8-hour photoperiod and the pump continuously, and leaving the heater out of the sum because its duty cycle depends entirely on your room temperature, works out to roughly 204 kWh a year — about $61 a year at 30c\/kWh for lighting and circulation alone. Juwel does not publish a noise figure for the Eccoflow 1000; expect a quiet, low hum typical of an internal circulation pump once bedded in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to freshwater tropical community and planted setups making use of a room corner. Not suitable for marine or reef use without significant modification — the MultiLux Day\/Nature spectrum and Bioflow media are built for freshwater, not reef lighting or protein skimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the five-stage filter media in tank water on water-change day rather than tap water, to protect the bacterial colony. The LED tubes are replaceable individually rather than as a sealed unit when they eventually dim. Check the cabinet is still level every few months, particularly in the first weeks after filling as timber settles under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilled weight is significant: the tank and water alone come to roughly 423 kg (73 kg empty tank plus 350 kg of water), and around 453.5 kg including the empty cabinet — before substrate, rock or decor. That's within the cabinet's 600 kg rating with margin to spare, but the floor underneath the cabinet needs to be capable of carrying it; check with a builder if you're above ground level or on an older floor. This is mains-powered equipment: keep the heater, pump and LED transformer connections above water level and on a drip loop, and use a residual current device (safety switch) on the circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSold with the manufacturer's standard warranty in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. The tank and cabinet ship as separate, heavy cartons — plan for two people to move and position the cabinet before the glass goes anywhere near it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA second inline heater if your room runs cool, a background thermometer to track actual water temperature against the heater's dial, and a water conditioner for your first fill and ongoing water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Juwel Trigon 350 reef-safe or marine-ready?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It's built and equipped as a freshwater tropical system — the lighting spectrum and filtration are matched to planted and community freshwater setups, not reef lighting or protein skimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the 300 W heater comfortably handle 350 litres?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt sits at the top of Juwel's own published range for that wattage, which tops out at 300 L. In an average Australian living room it will generally cope, but a cooler room or a higher target temperature is worth backing up with a second heater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the floor loading once it's filled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoughly 453.5 kg for tank, water and cabinet combined, before substrate or decor — confirm your floor can take that load before installing, especially on an upper storey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the LED tubes be replaced when they dim?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The MultiLux fixture takes individually replaceable Day and Nature tubes rather than a sealed non-serviceable unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a heater and filter already fitted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the Bioflow XL filter, Eccoflow 1000 pump and AquaHeat Pro 300 W heater are all included and integrated into the tank, along with the LED lighting and matching cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Juwel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242243309859,"sku":"AA3526","price":3599.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/juwel-trigon-350-black-3003732-1600.jpg?v=1781836354"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/Red_Sea_Max_Nano_G2_XL_35b9baef-5f19-4593-9348-11fa1fb0ba13.jpg?v=1782734093","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/aquariums-tanks-stands.oembed?page=4","provider":"Nicks Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium","version":"1.0","type":"link"}